BDA Heath and Safety Manual For Land Drilling

HEALTH & SAFETY
MANUAL
for
LAND DRILLING
A Code of Safe Drilling Practice
Published by:-
British Drilling Association Ltd
Alphab House
Alfred Street
Pinxton
Notinghamshire
NG16 6NQ
Tel: 01773 778 751 Fax: 01773 782 724

Email: office@britishdrillingassociation.co.uk
Web: www.britishdrillingassociation.co.uk
© Copyright BDA January 2015
Uncontrolled Copy Feb 2015. Check BDA website for revisions since this date.
PREFACE
This BDA Manual has been compiled to provide health & safety information and guidance on
best practice for all those engaged in aspects of ground drilling whether client, employer or
individual. Its objectives are to assist in providing a safer working environment, improved
awareness of health & safety and reduction of accidents in the workplace.
The Health and Safety at Work etc. Act 1974 places a duty, amongst others, of providing
competence training in matters of health, safety and welfare for all employers, self-employed
persons and employees. There is now an increased emphasis on assessment of skill,
knowledge, experience and attitude to prove competence. National Vocational Qualifications
awards are designed to examine competence and they include a high content of health and
safety knowledge and its application that can be found in these pages.
This comprehensive document has been structured to be read as a whole in the order written,
which firstly examines legislation, goes on to training and NVQ qualification and then details
operational safety requirements. It is important that all sections are consulted on any
particular matter.
The British Drilling Association continues to promote the highest standards of health and
safety within the Industry.
The British Drilling Association wishes to express its appreciation to all those individuals and
organisations that have contributed to the discussions, supplied suggestions and been involved
with the preparation and review of this document. These Guidance Notes are a consensus of
the participants’ views and do not necessarily represent the views of companies or
organisations.
The BDA acknowledges the assistance of the following in the updating and editing of this
manual:-
David Allan Raeburn Drilling & Geotechnical Ltd, Committee Chairman

Neil Breach Fugro
David Dennis Geosonic Drilling Ltd
Roy Perkins British Drilling Association
Kevin Hauge Cementation Skanska
Ian MacFarlane Fugro
Brian Stringer British Drilling Association
Kevin Warriner AEG
Wesley Wray ESG
Plus all those who have offered advice and support during its production.
DISCLAIMER
The information contained in this Health & Safety Manual has been compiled by the British
Drilling Association Ltd. and is supplied to the recipient on the following terms:-
(1) The British Drilling Association Ltd., its employees, authors or compilers of this
Manual are not responsible for the results of any actions taken on the basis of the
information contained in this Health & Safety Manual, nor for any errors or omissions
contained in this Health & Safety Manual.
(2) The British Drilling Association Ltd., its employees, authors or compilers of this Health
& Safety Manual, in providing this manual, are not engaged in rendering professional
services.
(3) The British Drilling Association Ltd., its employees, authors or compilers of this
Manual shall not be liable to the recipient of this Manual in respect of anything and the
consequence of anything done or omitted by the recipient of this Manual in reliance,
whether whole or in part, on information contained in this Manual. The recipient
acknowledges that, if expert assistance is required, the services of a competent
professional person will be sought.
In this document reference is made to various National Regulations, European and British
Standards and other appropriate reference documents. Some of the major aspects of these
have been summarised. This is done only to assist users of this Manual by drawing their
attention to these regulations and standards.
It is the responsibility of those who use this Manual to make themselves thoroughly
conversant with all the appropriate legislation and standards and not to rely on any reference
or summary contained in this document that may be out of date, incomplete or not
comprehensive. It is not intended that this document should replace any Acts, Codes of
Practice, Regulations or other documents having legal or contractual standing.
Of necessity this document addresses the broad principles that should be adopted. Advice in
respect of specific equipment or operations should be obtained from the appropriate body or
technical reference source.
The recognition of the various and individual responsibilities of “DUTY OF CARE” are
fundamental to the application of this Manual and the principle of “Identify the Hazard,
Assess the Risk and Take the Appropriate Control Measures” should always be applied.
HEALTH AND SAFETY MANUAL for LAND DRILLING
CONTENTS
Preface
Disclaimer
Section Page
Section 1 Introduction
1.0 Scope 1
1.1 Site Personnel - BDA Safety, Skills and NVQ Policy 1
1.2 The Management of Health and Safety at Work 2
1.2.1 Safe Workplace 2
1.2.2 Safe Person 2
1.2.3 Safe System of Work 3
Section 2 Legislation
2.0 Introduction 1
2.1 Acts 1
2.2 Regulations 3
2.3 Health and Safety Executive 9
2.4 Employment and Medical Advisory Service 9
Section 3 Safety Requirements ……… Personnel and the Public
3.0 Introduction 1
3.1 Personnel 1
3.2 Protection of the public 2
3.3 Visitors to site 3
Section 4 Training & National Vocational Qualification in Land

Drilling
4.0 Introduction 1
4.1 National Vocational Qualifications (NVQs) and Scottish Vocational
Qualifications (SVQs) 1
4.2 CSCS 1
4.3 Land Drilling Apprenticeship 2
4.4 General advice on training 2
Section 5 Safety Requirements ……… Drilling Operations on Sites
5.0 General Site Considerations

5.0.1 Site management 1
5.0.2 Risk assessment 3
5.0.3 Method statements 3
5.0.4 Permissions and notifications 4
5.0.5 Site preparation and setting up 4
5.0.6 Scaffolding, ladders and staging 7
5.0.7 Permits to work 8
5.0.8 Working at height 8
5.1 Safety Requirements
5.1.1 Landfill and Contaminated Land 9

5.1.2 Quarries 10
5.1.3 Highways 12
5.1.4 Work on or near railways 12
5.1.5 Working over water and marine operations 13
5.1.6 Mineshafts and mine workings 18
5.1.7 Drilling through potential gas zones 20
5.1.8 Work in confined spaces 20
5.1.9 Underground drilling – mines and tunnels 21
5.1.10 Excavations 22
5.2 Safety Requirements - Overhead and Underground Services
5.2.1 Electric cables - Overhead Lines 23

5.2.2 Location and working near buried services - General 24
5.2.3 Electric cables - underground 26
5.2.4 Gas or oil pipelines 26
Section 6 Health and Environmental Safety Aspects
6.0 Introduction 1
6.1 Noise 2
6.2 Vibration 6
6.3 Control of substances hazardous to health (COSHH) 8
6.4 Dust control measures 11
6.5 Control of Pollution Act 14
6.6 Disposal of waste Material 14
6.7 Corrosive materials 15
6.8 Health surveillance 16
Section 7 Safety Requirements……… Drill Type Specific
7.0 Introduction 1
7.1 Drill rig hazards (from BS EN 16228) 1
7.2 Protection of persons from rotating drill strings PUWER 3
7.3 Ejection of material PUWER 5
7.4 Drill Rigs in relation to LOLER 5
7.5 Drill Rigs – All Types - Common safety measures 6
7.6 Top Drive Rigs and Feed Frame 8
7.7 Cable Percussion Rigs (Shell & Auger) 9
7.8 Dynamic Sampling Rigs 11
Section 8 Safety Requirements ……… Rig Starting, Running and

Stopping
8.0 Introduction 1
8.1 Start, run and stop procedures. 1
8.2 Emergency stop procedures 3
8.3 Erection of drilling masts, derricks, feed beams and booms. 3
Section 9 Safety Requirements ----- Drilling Methods and Applications
9.0 Introduction 1
9.1 Flushing Medium 1
9.1.0 Drilling and the use of compressed air 1
9.1.1 Drilling and the use of water and mud fluids 3
9.2 Anchor drilling 3
9.3 Auger Drilling 4
9.4 Fishing operations 5
9.5 Freezing 6
9.6 Ground investigation processes 7
9.7 Grouting 10
9.8 Horizontal directional drilling 11
9.9 Rock Bolting / Soil Nailing 13
9.10 Shot firing and explosives 13
9.11 Water well drilling 15
9.12 Ground Source (Geothermal) 17
Section 10 Site Abandonment & Reinstatement
10.0 Introduction 1
10.1 Boreholes and trial pits 1
10.2 Sealing of boreholes which intrude coal seams 2
10.3 Health and Safety information 3
Section 11 Drill Rig and Auxiliary Plant Maintenance
11.0 Introduction 1
11.1 Drill rigs 1
11.2 Hydraulic installations 2
11.3 Wire ropes 4
11.4 Pumps & compressors 6
11.5 The use and maintenance of electrical equipment on site 7
11.6 Use and care of lubricants 10
11.7 Care of drill rods and tubular products 10
Section 12 Maintenance – Workshop and Site
12.0 Introduction 1
12.1 Workshop housekeeping 1
12.2 Welding and cutting 2
12.3 Paint spraying 4
12.4 Abrasive wheels 5
12.5 Use of chainsaws 5
Section 13 Welfare, Hygiene & Accidents
13.0 Introduction 1
13.1 Welfare and hygiene 1
13.2 PPE and clothing 2
13.3 First aid and contents of first aid boxes 5
13.4 Accidents and dangerous occurrences 8
13.5 Infectious disease 9
Section 14 Fire Prevention and Protection
14.0 Introduction 1
14.1 Petroleum Spirit 1
14.2 Fire prevention on site 2
14.3 Fire protection 4
14.4 LPG use and storage 5
14.5 Flammable liquids 6
Section 15 Transport
15.0 Introduction 1
15.1 Movement of drilling equipment 1
15.2 General requirements 4
15.3 Fork lift trucks and telescopic handlers 5
15.4 Dumper trucks 6
15.5 Hired plant 7
15.6 Tachographs & Working Time 7
15.7 Driving Age Restrictions 8
Section 16 Manual Handling and Lifting Operations
16.0 Introduction 1
16.1 Manual handling 1
16.2 Lifting Operations and Equipment 3
Appendices
A Acts, Regulations, Approved Codes of Practice and Standards
A1.0 European Directives

A2.0 Acts and Regulations
A3.0 HSE ACoPs, Guidance Notes and Information Leaflets
A4.0 European Standards
A5.0 International Standards
A6.0 British Standards
B Useful Literature and Addresses
B1.0 Reference Literature

B2.0 Useful Addresses
B3.0 HSE & EMAS Office Addresses
B4.0 Useful Safety Information Web Sites
C Glossary of Terms & Anachronisms
C1.0 Glossary of Terms

C2.0 Acronyms
D NVQ Observation / Knowledge Examples
D1.0 NVQ Observation Check List

D2.0 NVQ Knowledge Questionnaire
E Erecting and Lowering Cable Percussion Rigs
F Tables relating to Health and Safety
Table 1 Existing legislation relating to occupational health in construction

Table 2 Soil conditioners hazards
G Over Water Drilling Information
Life-Saving, fire and first aid requirements

Risk Assessment Form
H Site Notices
I Planned Maintenance Charts
J Protection of Persons from Rotating Parts Flow Chart
K Wire Rope Grip Fitting Data
This page is intentionally left blank
SECTION 1
INTRODUCTION
1.0 Scope
This is the second edition of the British Drilling Association (BDA) Health and Safety
Manual for Land Drilling and replaces the 2002 first edition. It has been designed and
published by the BDA to provide guidance in relation to:-
• Safe working practices in the drilling industry
• Compliance with health and safety legislation
• Compliance with the recommendations of National, European and International Standards
• The provision of drilling operatives' qualifications (NVQ in Land Drilling / CSCS)
• Proof of continuing competence (BDA Annual Audit)
The advice and information contained within this manual is presented in a simple, concise
manner for easy reference and it should be used as a practical reference manual by all levels
of personnel in the drilling industry. Every effort has been made to identify all the relevant
legislation relating to drilling and its associated activities with regard to safe working
practices as far as possible.
The BDA hopes that the contents of this manual will provide a positive contribution towards
the improvement of safety standards in the drilling industry.
The term Drill Rig, when used in this manual, refers to drilling machines used in the
construction, water well, geothermal, landfill, mining, quarrying and exploration industries.
The rigs may be used above and below ground and in tunnel construction. Where drill rigs are
to be used in potentially explosive atmospheres then additional safety requirements shall be
followed.
Drill rigs for use in the oil and gas drilling industry are not within the scope of this manual
and therefore references should be made to the appropriate industry codes of practice.
1.1 Site Personnel - BDA Safety, Skills and Competence Policy
Health and safety within the drilling industry has always been the prime consideration of the
BDA since its formation in 1976. The principal aim has been to ensure that all those involved
in the drilling process, particularly the field crews but also management and employers, are
aware of and practice safe working. The requirement to comply with national legislation and
standards is the responsibility of every individual and company, and has also been uppermost
in BDA policy.
CSCS (Construction Skills Certification Scheme), National Vocational Qualifications

(S/NVQs) and post qualification auditing is promoted by the BDA and full details are in
Section 4.
The BDA promotes these standards of competence, which have been designed to produce
major benefits for individuals and companies, thus raising the quality of health and safety in
the workplace.
Jan 2015 Section 1 – Page 1
1.2 The Management of Health and Safety at Work
The requirements of the Health and Safety at Work etc Act 1974 (HASWA) was part of the
process of implementing the European Community Framework Safety Directive. Regulations
are made under HASWA and cover specific aspects of health and safety at work.
HASWA imposes upon a company the necessity to ensure that all personnel involved in the
setting up, operation and maintenance of its drill rigs and ancillary equipment are fully
conversant with all the operational procedures and safety measures required. It is necessary
therefore that the company shall:-
• Carry out on-going suitable and sufficient Risk Assessments
• Set up and maintain a training programme for all personnel
The Management of Health and Safety at Work Regulations impose a duty upon employers to
assess their entire operation from the point of view of safety. Furthermore all companies
employing five or more persons are required to record the significant findings of their risk
assessments. It is left to each company to conduct its own risk assessment and devise a
documentation system for distribution to its employees. The regulations allow trade
associations such as the BDA to provide guidelines or model documents to its members to be
used in the production of the risk assessment.
Measures and procedures prepared as a result of the findings of the risk assessment are used
to reduce the possibility of an accident.
The three prime objectives of the adopted measures and procedures should be: -
• To create a “Safe Workplace”
• To encourage each employee to be a “Safe Person”
• To employ “Safe Systems of Work”
1.2.1 Safe Workplace
This is only made possible by a concerted effort by all concerned in the total drilling
operation. Both the company and the employees have an equal reponsibility to
remove or reduce as far as possible, any danger that may exist in drilling operations.
The company must ensure that the drill rigs and ancillary equipment meet the
required design and statutory regulations and should supply any personal protective
equipment identified by the risk assessment. In addition, safety training must be made
available to all personnel.
1.2.2 Safe Person
Safe persons are ones who recognise a reponsibility to guard themselves and others
around from risk. They are safety minded and in being so, if they identify a hazard,
they will take immediate steps to deal with it. If they can, they will remove the hazard
and report it to the appropriate person. If it is beyond their capability to deal with the
hazard, they will report it to their supervisor as requiring attention. Persons shall be
empowered to stop work in a controlled fashion in the event of imminent danger.
1.2.3 Safe Systems of Work
The company must ensure that the drill rig, its associated ancillary equipment
including the in-hole equipment, and transport selected for the specific drilling
operation, will be suitable for the intended use taking into account site, operational
and environmental conditions. A training programme in the safe operation of each
type of rig and work system must be given to those involved. This programme must
be updated, as necessary, to take into account changes in the state of the art and
legislation.
SECTION 2
LEGISLATION
2.0 Introduction
The recommendations contained in this Health and Safety Manual have been compiled taking
into account current legislation in force in Great Britain at the time of publication of this
document. Variations are likely to occur in other countries and therefore reference should be
made to the appropriate national legislation. It is well to remember that in member countries
of the European Union (EU), appropriate related Directives apply.
Health, safety and environmental legislation shall be observed by employers and employees at
all times and employers and employees must have regard to the safety of others, including the
public, who may be affected by the particular activity being undertaken.
Brief descriptions of Primary Legislation (Acts) and Secondary Legislation (Regulations)

applicable to the drilling industry follow, and should be referred to along with the content of
this Health and Safety Manual.
Practical guidance to the application of certain regulations are published as Approved Codes
of Practice (ACoPs). These codes of practice give guidance on matters relating to health and
safety and are approved in writing by the Health and Safety Executive in accordance with
Section 16 of the HASWA. An ACoP has a special legal status in that anyone subject to legal
proceedings, and proved in court not to have followed the relevant provisions of the ACoP,
can be found guilty unless they can show they have complied with the law in some other way.
In the absence of an ACoP a specific Industry Code of Practice would be taken into
consideration by the Courts as the next applicable guidance e.g. BDA Guidance Documents.
Acts and Regulations are constantly under review and subject to update. It is therefore
essential that for the undated Acts and Regulations listed below reference is made to the latest
published edition, including any amendment or revision which are contained in Health and
Safety (Miscellaneous Amendments) Regulations.
2.1 ACTS
2.1.1 Health and Safety at Work etc Act 1974
HASWA applies to all types of work activity and places on employers and self-
employed persons the duty to ensure, so far as is reasonably practicable, the health,
safety and welfare of its employees and others, including the general public who may
be affected by the work activity. The Act also places the same reponsibility on
employees. The Act requires all employers of more than five persons to prepare and
revise as necessary a written safety policy and communicate to all employees its
content.
HASWA also permits the Secretary of State or other Ministers to make Regulations
relating to Health and Safety matters. Section 2 of the Act lays out the duty of care
required of employers with regard to the health and safety of their employees whilst
at work and includes such things as:-
• The provision and maintenance of plant and systems of work that are safe and
without risks to health
• Ensuring that the use, handling, storage and transport of articles or substances is
safe and without risk to health
• The provision of information, instructions, training and supervision for employees
2.1.2 New Roads and Streetworks Act (NRSWA)
NRSWA replaced the Public Utilities and Street Works Act 1950 (PUSWA). The Act
with its associated regulations lays down parameters of service and performance for
all statutory and licensed undertakers (contractors) in the execution of their statutory
right to excavate within the public highways, pavements and parking areas.
Whereas the Act itself is specific to undertakers (contractors), it is more than likely
that a significant portion of drilling such as site investigation and horizontal
directional drilling would be carried out on behalf of undertakers (contractors) in
public highways etc. In this respect a good knowledge of the Act is essential before
undertaking any drilling work of this nature.
Approved Codes of Practice (ACoPs) have been issued covering certain sections of
the Act and are contained in Appendix A. It is pointed out that where an undertaker
(contractor) fails to comply with the requirements of the Act an offence is committed.
2.1.3 Control of Pollution Act (COPA)
In relation to construction, this Act empowers Local Authorities to control e.g. noise,
enabling them to serve notices under the Act which:-
• Restricts the use of a specific piece of contractors' plant or equipment

• Restricts certain hours of working
• Imposes noise limits during certain periods of the day or week
The Act also makes it an offence to cause or knowingly permit pollution.
2.1.4 Environmental Protection Act (EPA)
This Act deals with the control of major emissions to air, land and water from
scheduled processes. All waste in the classification of “controlled waste” must be
disposed of in the correct manner at approved waste disposal sites and accompanied
by a complete description of the waste.
2.1.5 Environment Act
Section 57 of this Act was inserted into the Environmental Protection Act 1990 as
Part IIA in respect of contaminated land. From 2.1.4. and this act, a new
contaminated land regime was implemented on 1st April 2000 providing an improved
system for the identification and remediation of contaminated land. Additional
legislation is contained in:-
• The Contaminated Land (England) Regulations

• The Contaminated Land (Scotland) Regulations
• The Contaminated Land (Wales) Regulations
2.1.6 Waste Disposal Act
This Act covers the effective clearance and disposal of waste, improvement of
environmental sanitation and maintenance of public health. The regulations of other
laws shall apply to those matters not regulated by this Act.
2.1.7 Water Resources Act
Included within the Water Resources Act 1991 are the provisions of section 7 of the
Water Act 1945 and certain subsequent legislation dealing with regulations
concerning underground water. Section 198 requires that: (a) the Natural
Environment Research Council be notified of the intention to sink new wells and
boreholes for water to a depth of fifty feet (15 metres) or more in England and Wales;
(b) that journals be kept of the programme of work, including measurements of any
water levels and flow rates; (c) that these journals together with details of water levels
and yields be provided to the Council at the British Geological Survey.
The person responsible for the actual sinking of a well or borehole (normally the
contracted well-sinker or driller) must take the following steps:
Notify the Council before operations are begun. This may be done by sending a
Notification of Intent card to the British Geological Society. Notification will also be
welcomed of other borings, sinkings and work not specified under Section 198(1) as
may be expected to yield results of interest to the Council.
Keep a daily record (journal) of the operations. Such a journal should include all the
details given on a Well Record Form plus, where practicable, measurements of water-
levels during test pumping at recorded time intervals; a drawing or tracing preferably
from a six-inch or 1:10 000 Ordnance Survey map, showing the precise site of the
well, and a copy of any analysis of the water.
On the completion or abandonment of the work, send to the British Geological
Survey a copy of the completed record
2.2 REGULATIONS
When consulting actual regulations, it is important to note that some of the

regulations have been amended by subsidiary legislation e.g. The Health and Safety
(Miscellaneous Amendments) Regulations.
2.2.1 Management of Health and Safety at Work Regulations (MHSWR)
These regulations impose a duty upon an employer to assess his entire operation from
the point of view of safety. The duty applies to most types of work activity and
includes the requirement to: -
• Assess the risk to health and safety of employees and other persons who could be
affected by the work activity
• Institute measures shown by the risk assessment to be necessary for the
management of health and safety
• Appoint competent persons to carry out these activities
• Set up emergency procedures
• Supply employees with adequate information with regard to health and safety
• Ensure that all employees are suitably trained in health and safety matters
2.2.2 Construction (Design and Management) Regulations (CDM)
These regulations impose duties upon all parties for all construction work including
site clearance, exploration and investigation (but not site survey). Regulation 7
applies to Domestic Clients from the 6 April 2015. There is a transitional period for
works started before 6 April until 6 October 2015. Projects starting on or after 6 April
will have to comply with the new regulations. Projects started before 6 April and
likely to run beyond 6 October 2015 will have to comply with the 2015 regulations
Note: Domestic clients are people who have construction work done on their own
home or the home of a family member, that does not relate to a trade or business,
whether for profit or not. It is the type of client that matters, not the type of property.
Local authorities, housing associations, charities, landlords and other businesses may
own domestic property, but they are not domestic clients. If the work is in connection
with the furtherance of a business attached to domestic premises, such as a shop, the
client is not a domestic client.
Currently the regulations and guidance are in draft form and may change pending
Parliamentary approval.
Details of HSE Draft Guidance, L153, are obtainable from HSE online.
2.2.3 Provision and Use of Work Equipment Regulations (PUWER)
Work equipment is broadly defined to include everything from a hand tool through
machines of all kinds. Use includes starting, operating, stopping, programming,
setting, transporting, repairing, modifying, maintaining, servicing and cleaning.
The general provisions include: -
• Taking into account working conditions and risks in the workplace when
selecting equipment
• Ensuring that equipment is suitable for the intended use and that it is correctly
maintained
• Giving personnel adequate information, instruction and correct training
Specific requirements include: -
• Protection from dangerous (including rotating) parts of the machinery

• Correct maintenance
• Protection from parts and materials at high or very low temperatures
• Stability of equipment
• Protection against falling or ejected materials
Refer to Sections 6, 7, 9 and 12 of this manual.
2.2.4 Lifting Operations and Lifting Equipment Regulations (LOLER)
These regulations and accompanying ACoP and guidance notes cover all aspects of
lifting operations carried out in the working environment. e.g. lifting equipment,
lifting accessories.
Note: all drilling rigs, cable percussion, dynamic sampling and rotary, are defined by
HSE as lifting equipment and covered by these regulations. Drilling lifting
accessories would include, but not limited to, pulleys, shackles, ropes, hoisting plugs,
lifting eyes (e.g. SPT top assembly) etc.
Refer to Section 7.4 of this manual for drill rigs generally and Section 16.2 of this
manual for Lifting Operations.
Other lifting operations may require a lift plan prepared by a competent person.
2.2.5 Electricity at Work Regulations
These regulations require employers to assess and prevent all foreseeable dangers
arising from work involving, or being carried out in the vicinity of, electricity. The
regulations apply to portable electrical equipment, building wiring systems in the
workplace and overhead and underground services.
Refer to Section 5.2, 11.5 of this manual and HSG47 Avoiding dangers from
underground services.
2.2.6 Manual Handling Operation Regulations MHOR
Where manual handling, which, by definition means, the transporting or supporting of

a load including lifting, putting down, pulling, carrying or moving it by hand or body
force, cannot be avoided, and when it involves risk of injury, the operation must be
assessed.
Refer to section 16.1 of this manual.
2.2.7 Personal Protective Equipment at Work Regulations
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) includes items such as hard hats, waterproof
clothing, gloves, safety footwear, high visibility waistcoats, eye protection,
respirators, safety harnesses and the like. Every employer is required to provide
suitable PPE, free of charge, to every employee who is exposed to risk at work.
Refer to Section 13.2 of this manual.
2.2.8 Control of Substances Hazardous to Health (COSHH)
These regulations provide a framework for the control of substances at work that may
be hazardous to health, for example, substances that are toxic, irritant or corrosive.
Employers must make an assessment of the risks from the hazardous substance and
decide on control measures to prevent harmful exposure.
2.2.9 Reporting of Injuries, Diseases and Dangerous Occurrence Regulations

(RIDDOR)
These regulations concern the reporting of specified incidents that occur during or as
a result of work activity. The responsibility of reporting the incident lies with the
“responsible person” as defined in the regulations or the person in charge. Guidance
Notes L73 are available regarding these regulations.
2.2.10 Noise at Work Regulations
These regulations require that employers make noise assessments, maintain

appropriate records and review assessments. The risk of damage to hearing from
exposure to noise must be reduced.
• Noise must be eliminated or reduced at source as far as reasonably practicable

before the issue of hearing protection is considered
• Hearing protectors must be worn by all persons entering a hearing protection
zone
• Persons likely to be exposed to a level of noise above the first action level must
be provided with appropriate information and hearing protection must be
available
• Above the second action level the use of hearing protection is mandatory and
must be enforced
Refer to section 6.1 of this manual.
2.2.11 Health and Safety (First Aid) Regulations
These regulations set out the duties of employers for the provision of first aid at the
workplace.
2.2.12 Confined Spaces Regulations
These regulations and accompanying ACoP and guidance apply to all work carried
out in confined spaces identified as such in the risk assessment carried out under the
Management of Health and Safety at Work Regulations. Where such work cannot be
avoided, it must be carried out under a safe system of work in accordance with the
relevant guidance.
Examples of confined spaces in the drilling industry are numerous, e.g. trenches
(depending on the depth), basements, small rooms, underground workings etc.
Refer to section 5.1.8 of this manual.
2.2.13 Pipelines Safety Regulations
These regulations replace earlier legislation for both on and off shore pipelines and
include new provisions such as arrangements for a Major Accident Prevention
Document and for emergency plant. There are specific regulations that no person
shall cause such damage to a pipeline as it may give rise to a danger to persons
(Regulation 15) and for the prevention of damage by providing information on the
existence and whereabouts of pipelines (Regulation 16).
2.2.14 Borehole Sites and Operations Regulations
These regulations concern the minimum requirements for improving the health and
safety protection of workers in the mineral extraction industries through drilling. The
regulations cover the activities at borehole sites where they are related to oil, natural
gas, coal bed methane and other minerals existing in natural strata. They do not cover
the extraction of landfill gas. The regulations relate to boreholes with potential to
encounter geopressurised fluids. Guidance notes with regard to these regulations are
available from the HSE.
NOTE:- THE FOLLOWING REGULATIONS MAY AT TIMES BE RELEVENT.
2.2.15 Supply of Machinery (Safety) Regulations
These regulations apply to manufacturers and suppliers of machines and set out
essential requirements for all machinery (both new and second hand) as defined in the
EC Machinery Directive.
Note:- Section 6 of HASWA, relating to plant and machinery safety, remains in force.
2.2.16 Pressure Systems Safety Regulations
Under these regulations users and owners of pressure systems are required to
demonstrate that they know the safe operating limits, principally pressure and
temperature, of their pressure systems, and that the systems are safe under those
conditions. They need to ensure that a suitable written scheme of examination is in
place before the system is operated. They also need to ensure that the pressure system
is actually examined in accordance with the written scheme of examination.
2.2.17 Workplace (Health, Safety and Welfare) Regulations
These regulations set out the minimum legal requirements for the provision of
workplace health, safety and welfare standards.
In general these include the provision of welfare facilities, lighting, heating and
ventilation, access and pedestrian and traffic routes, drinking water supplies and
protection from falls or items falling from height.
2.2.18 The Health and Safety (Signs and Signals) Regulations
The regulations give the general requirements for the provision, design and use of
signs, acoustic and hand signals, and verbal communication at work.
2.2.19 Working Time Regulations
The Working Time Regulations deal with worker’s rights in relation to hours of
work, night-time working, breaks from work and paid holidays.
2.2.20 The Quarries Regulations
The regulations apply to all active quarries and cover quarry design, mineral
extraction, mineral processing, transport round site and stockpiles and tips. They set
out to ensure that the quarry operator shall design, staff and equip the quarry so that it
can be run safely.
2.2.21 The Employers’ Liability (Compulsory Insurance) Regulations (ELCI)
The Employers’ Liability (Compulsory Insurance) Act requires employers to insure

against their liabilities under civil law, arising from claims for compensation for
injuries caused by their work. The regulations state that the minimum amount of
cover the insurance must provide is £5 million.
2.2.22 The Chemicals (Hazards Information and Packaging for Supply) Regulations
Provides details of materials and associated hazards and details of packaging. It also
gives advice on controls but is due to be replaced by the European CLP Regulations
in June 2015.
2.2.23 Control of Asbestos at Work Regulations (CAW)
These Regulations bring together the three previous sets of Regulations covering the
prohibition of asbestos, the control of asbestos at work and asbestos licensing.
The Regulations prohibit the importation, supply and use of all forms of asbestos.
They continue the ban introduced for blue and brown asbestos in 1985 and for white
asbestos in 1999. They also continue to ban the second-hand use of asbestos products
such as asbestos cement sheets and asbestos boards and tiles; including panels which
have been covered with paint or textured plaster containing asbestos.
2.2.24 The Control of Vibration at Work Regulations
The Control of Vibration at Work Regulations aim to protect workers from risks to
health from vibration.
The regulations introduce action and limit values for hand-arm and whole-body
vibration.
Refer to Section 6.2.
2.2.25 The Work At Height Regulations (as Amended)
These Regulations are to prevent the deaths and injuries caused each year by falls at
work.
They replace all the earlier regulations about working at height. These regulations
consolidate previous legislation on working at height and implement European
Council Directive 2001/45/EC concerning minimum safety and health requirements
for the use of equipment for work at height (the Temporary Work at Height
Directive).
Refer to Section 5.0.8
2.2.26 The Road Transport (Working Time) Regulations
The Road Transport (Working Time) Regulations limit working time for drivers and
crew of HGVs and PSVs in the road transport sector in Great Britain, with similar
Regulations for Northern Ireland. The Vehicle and Operator Services Agency
(VOSA) (in the UK) and the Driver and Vehicle Testing Agency (DVTA) (In
Northern Ireland) enforce the regulations.
With regard to towed drilling rigs, trailers and plant these regulations should be
consulted.
Refer to Section 15.6.
2.2.27 Dangerous Substances and Explosive Atmospheres Regulations (DSEAR)
These regulations put duties on employers and the self-employed to protect people
from risks to their safety from fires, explosions and similar events in the workplace,
this includes members of the public who may be put at risk by work activity.
Refer to Section 5.1, 5.1.6 and 5.1.7.
2.2.28 Road Vehicles (Construction and Use) Regulations
These regulations cover all aspects regarding the construction and use of road
vehicles, they have been amended many times.
2.2.29 The Dangerous Substances (Notification and Marking of Sites) Regulations
These regulations require the notification to the local fire and enforcing authority for
any site with a total quantity of 25 tonnes or more of dangerous substances. Also
among stated requirements is the display of warning signs of the presence, or
possibility of, such materials at the access to any such site. The ACoP gives
information on classifications and hazard warnings.
2.2.30 Carriage of Dangerous Goods Regulations
These regulations and Use of Transportable Pressure Equipment Regulations and

European agreement (known as ADR) which together regulate the carriage of
dangerous goods by road are highly prescriptive. The regulations were substantially
restructured for 2009 with direct referencing to ADR for the main duties, amending
regulations were made in 2011, reflecting changes to the EU Transportable Pressure
Equipment Directive. They do not cover carriage of radioactive substances.
NOTE:-
In addition to the Acts, Regulations, ACoPS. and Guidance Notes, some of which are listed in
Appendix A, a number of European Standards (CEN / BSI) in support of the Machinery
Directive 2006/42/EC apply to all drill rigs. For your information and reference they are listed
in Appendix A.
2.3 Health and Safety Executive (HSE)
Health and safety law is enforced by inspectors from the Health and Safety Executive
(HSE) or by inspectors from the local authority. Inspectors have the right to enter any
workplace without giving notice. On a normal inspection visit an inspector would
expect to look at the workplace, the work activities, the management of health and
safety, and to check compliance with health and safety law. The inspector may offer
guidance or advice. The inspector may also talk to employees and their
representatives, take photographs and samples, serve improvement notices and take
action if there is a risk to health and safety, which needs to be dealt with immediately.
On finding a breach of health and safety law, the inspector will decide what action to
take. Inspectors may take enforcement action in several ways to deal with a breach of
the law. This can range from:
• Informal advice – where the breach is relatively minor, the inspector will
give verbal or written advice
• An Improvement Notice – instructing the duty holder to take action to

comply
• A Prohibition Notice - to stop the activity where there is a serious risk of

injury.
In some cases the inspector may decide that it is necessary to initiate a prosecution.
Health and safety law gives the courts considerable scope for punishing offenders and
deterring others. For example, a failure to comply with an improvement or prohibition
notice, carries a fine of up to £20,000, or six months' imprisonment, or both at the
time of publication of this document. Unlimited fines and in some cases
imprisonment may be imposed by higher courts.
HSE also provides information, guidance and advice on health and safety related
matters. This is available from the HSE Web site (www.hse.gov.uk) and in HSE’s
free and priced publications.
For list of HSE contact addresses refer to Appendix B.
2.4 The Employment Medical Advisory Service (EMAS)
EMAS is the medical arm of the HSE and is responsible for advising the Health and Safety
Commission, the Health and Safety Executive, employers and employees on health.
SECTION 3
HEALTH & SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
PERSONNEL AND PUBLIC SAFETY
3.0 Introduction
Safety is often defined as a state of mind and therefore to create safe working conditions on
site the mind must be trained to be, above all, safety conscious. This is known as behavioural
safety training. Such safety training will encourage safe working practices and reduce the
possibility of accidents on site. All personnel must be encouraged to work safely and adopt a
culture of THINKING SAFE and therefore WORKING SAFELY at all times. Accidents are
generally caused by persons in the workplace and are largely due to mistakes, bad
housekeeping, by not paying attention to detail or by ignoring specified safe working
practices.
There is a simple set of rules, which if applied, will help promote a behavioural safety culture.
• Know the rules of safety that apply to your particular drilling and associated operations
• Anticipate the risks that may arise in the workplace especially when there are changes in
equipment or drilling methods
• Care for your fellow workers and their safety at work
• Don’t walk by poor work practices. Challenge them and report them in order to improve
site safety
• Before commencing work a site induction must be given to discuss safety and the
hazards associated with the operations and ensure that all safe systems are understood.
Tool Box Talks ensure that continued discussions take place to highlight and safety or
environmental concerns and control measures
• Always set a good safety example both on and off site
• Ensure that all accidents and near misses are reported to the correct person
• Maintain a healthy lifestyle
• Only operate plant and equipment you are trained and authorised to use.
3.1 Personnel
3.1.1 Induction training relating to the safety aspects of each particular site must be given
by a competent person to all personnel employed on that particular site before they
are permitted to commence work.
3.1.2 No persons shall be employed on any type of drilling activity unless they have been
trained in that work activity and are competent to carry it out safely, with the
exception of where on-the-job training is being given, persons under training must
be supervised at all times. All personnel employed in any form of drilling activity
must be rested, healthy and in good physical condition.
Working hours shall be determined by the requirements of The Working Time

Regulations and / or The Road Transport (Working Time) Regulations. Further
information can be obtained from the DTI publication URN 98/894 A Guide to the
Working Time Regulations and both the DFT publications “Advice on the New
Working Time Regulations for Mobile Workers in the Road Transport Sector and
GV 262 Drivers' Hours and Tachograph Rules for Goods Vehicles in the UK and
Europe”. Further information on this complicated issue can be obtained from
Driver and Vehicle Standards Agency websites (www.gov.uk).
3.1.3 For employees under 18 years (hereinafter called ‘young persons’) the following
additional provisions shall apply:
• Young persons may not be employed unless a health and safety risk assessment
has been carried out. The school/college, parents or guardians shall consent in
writing to the risk assessment and its provisions
• Young persons must be made aware of the legal restrictions of the work they
are permitted to do
• Before starting work on the drill site the young person shall be taken by a
competent person on a conducted tour of the site and the potential hazards
explained and the correct movement about the site pointed out
• Persons supervising or giving instructions to a young person must be
competent to give training and instruction in that job and not less than 21 years
of age
• At all times during the first 21 days on a drill site a young person shall be under
the direct supervision of a competent person of not less than 21 years of age.
Such a person who is deemed competent may be responsible for more than one
employee where the circumstances make it possible for that person to give
direct supervision adequately to all the young persons
• No young person under the age of 16 is allowed to work on a drill rig
3.1.4 Company safety rules or manuals (including a copy of this Manual) should be
issued to all personnel and appropriate distribution records kept for reference.
Periodic checks should be made to ensure that such literature and personnel are
updated with any changes to the current safety requirements.
3.1.5 Alcohol and drugs must not be consumed on site and any person suspected of being
under the influence of, alcohol and/or drugs must not be allowed entry to site.
Where an employee is taking prescription medication or drugs then instructions
accompanying such prescription drugs must be followed and management informed
of their use.
3.1.6 Pranks and horseplay are common causes of accidents and shall not be tolerated on
any drilling site.
3.2 Protection of the Public
3.2.1 The site should always be made as secure as possible against access by the public
and especially by children. Further information with regard to protection of the
public may be obtained from HSE publication HSG151 Protecting the Public.
3.2.2 Before arrival on site a risk assessment shall be carried out on fencing, signage etc.
requirements. If the site/borehole position requires perimeter fencing ensure that it is
in good condition and any gates are secure. The fencing must be of a suitable type
and adequate to prevent access to hazardous areas. Any fencing must be secured to
prevent it from blowing over endangering pedestrians, plant or vehicles.
3.2.3 Excavations, mud pits etc. must be covered or fenced off where there is a risk of
persons, animals or vehicles falling in, particularly when the site is unattended.
3.2.4 Ensure that any public right of way affected by the drilling operation is kept safe
and free from any hazard. It is very important to give special consideration to those
members of the public with impaired vision, hearing, or with mobility issues. Public
diversions should be clearly defined and signposted taking into account all disability
groups and children.
3.2.5 Any ladders which are not an integral part of the drill rig must be removed at end of
shift or secured in such a way as to deter unauthorised use.
3.2.6 All plant on site must be immobilised and secured at the end of each shift.
3.2.7 Drill rods, casing and all other drilling equipment should be safely stored.
3.2.8 All statutory notices concerning the health and safety of the public must be clearly
displayed.
3.2.9 Where company vehicles have to be parked on public roads owing to the position of
the drilling site, they must be parked in such a manner that they do not present a
hazard.
3.2.10 Attention should be paid to possible risks to the public outside the site boundaries
caused by drilling and other site activities.
3.3 Visitors to Site
3.3.1 Visitors shall be under the supervision of a competent person at all times during
their visit.
3.3.2 All persons who visit the drilling site shall wear the appropriate PPE and receive
appropriate safety induction.
3.3.3 A record of site visitors shall be kept.
SECTION 4
TRAINING & NATIONAL VOCATIONAL QUALIFICATION
IN LAND DRILLING.
4.0 Introduction
Training is a necessity that we all face from time to time whether it be to learn a new skill or
to adapt to new technology, equipment or processes. Some of this training can be successfully
carried out in-house whilst some may require external expertise whereby proof of training and
proof of having learned the skill to a satisfactory standard is required. In all cases help and
advice and assistance is available from the BDA.
4.1 National Vocational Qualifications (NVQs) and Scottish Vocational

Qualifications (SVQs)
An NVQ Diploma is a nationally recognised qualification which allows you to demonstrate

and prove that you are working to national standards and are competent in your specialised
field. It also allows for learning, development and sharing best practice. It is a valuable
qualification that is now a requirement on the majority sites throughout the UK. Within
reason, NVQs do not have to be completed in a specified amount of time. There are no age
limits and no special entry requirements to take an NVQ. They can be taken by full-time
employees or by school and college students with a work placement, or part-time job, that
enables them to develop the appropriate skills. An NVQ is completed at a pace that suits each
individual candidate. This is usually about two years.
The BDA in partnership with ConstructionSkills has developed and delivered NVQ LAND
DRILLING for the drilling industry. It was introduced in 2000 since when in excess of 1000
drilling operatives have qualified in the process. To obtain a CSCS Land Drilling card it is
necessary to either have this NVQ or be registered to take it. Entry into BDA AUDIT is also
conditional on being NVQ Land Drilling qualified.
NVQ Land Drilling, a level 2 qualification is available for two occupations – Lead Driller
(who drills the hole) and Drilling Support Operative (second-man etc.) A Lead Driller award
is in one or several drilling applications using rotary, cable percussion or dynamic sampling
rigs. Applications include ground investigation, drilling for grouting, anchoring, waterwell,
geothermal, landfill and marine.
The NVQ is obtained mainly through on-site assessment. An industry experienced and
qualified Assessor visits you at work on several occasions where they explain the NVQ
process, discusses the procedure and gathers evidence of capability. They introduce the Level
2 portfolio which is assessed against the National Occupation Standards. Your Assessor will
watch you carry out various tasks which provide evidence about your skills and competency.
He will also question you on different aspects of your work to determine your level of
knowledge. You will need to gather further evidence e.g. witness testimonies and references
from your clients and/or employer to support your claim of competency and ability. The
Assessor will help you to compile your portfolio for submission to the awarding body, Cskills
Awards, for verification and eventual award. The addition of training to cover any shortfalls
in skills or competencies ensures that the qualification is open to all.
4.2 CSCS
The Construction Skills Certification Scheme (CSCS) is a construction industry card scheme.
It was set up in 1995 to help the industry improve quality and reduce accidents. CSCS cards
are required as proof of occupational competence by most contractors, public and private
clients and others. There are now over 1.5 million cardholders and the scheme covers
hundreds of occupations. It is a BDA requirement that you hold an appropriate card for your
occupation.
There are various card types to distinguish between trainee, semi-skilled, skilled, supervisory,
management and professional levels. Within each card type there is a specific card for each
occupation. It is very important that individuals hold the correct card, for the job they do,
otherwise access to a site can be denied by the Principal Contractor or Client.
All applicants for a CSCS card must pass a health and safety test.
For full details of how to obtain a CSCS card visit the CSCS website.
4.3 Land Drilling Apprenticeship
The BDA supports a Land Drilling Apprenticeship Scheme. The Apprenticeship is open to all
land drilling sectors and industry enterprises and provides an undeniable training commitment
for those member organisations that have nominated and supported their staff through their
introduction to the Industry.
The Scheme is fully endorsed by ConstructionSkills and forms part of their apprenticeship
programme for the specialist trades known as SAPs. It is supported by grants to eligible
employers. The BDA's role is that of Training Provider whereby it carries out all the
administration of the scheme, organises all off-the-job training, monitors on-the-job training
on behalf of ConstructionSkills , and arranges the NVQ assessments to take place.
4.4 General Advice on Training
4.4.1 Appropriate training is essential where personnel are inexperienced or unfamiliar with
a particular type of drill rig, the equipment or the drilling process involved.
4.4.2 Any person who provides such training must be competent in that type of drill rig,
equipment or work activity.
4.4.3 The most important factor regarding safety on site is the complete education by means
of practical and technical training of all drill-crew members in all aspects of the
drilling operation and associated activities. Training shall include the basic safety
precautions and a thorough understanding of the correct use of the plant, equipment
and tools. Drill-crew members should also be trained in the safe storage of tools and
equipment and be made aware of the inherent dangers of the equipment and processes
they are engaged with, e.g. high rotational and feed forces that are capable of being
developed by a drill rig, trapping points, heavy and awkward weights etc.
4.4.4 The priority of training is to instil in all crew-members the need to do their own job
safely, efficiently and to work with other members of the drill crew.
4.4.5 All training, whatever the size of the company, should be specific to the requirements
of the personnel concerned and properly structured such that each student can
demonstrate understanding and compliance.
4.4.6 The support of the employer is essential to successful completion of all training and
especially that of an NVQ.
4.4.7 Many clients will prohibit access to those who do not possess an appropriate NVQ for their
occupation. It is therefore important that encouragement and assistance is given to all drill rig
personnel to further their technical knowledge and skill base.
SECTION 5
SAFETY REQUIREMENTS – DRILLING OPERATIONS ON SITE
5.0 General Site Considerations
It is extremely important that an accurate site appraisal and desktop study is conducted by the
client/ principle designer (consultant) before any work commences. All safety hazards,
including any records of any underground installations, services, workings etc. must be made
available to the drilling contractor as part of the pre-construction information required by
CDM. No work should proceed until safety hazard information has been made available to the
drilling contractor. By the same token, the drilling contractor must take all reasonable steps to
obtain such information from the client/principal designer once the contract has been
awarded. Hazard identification through risk assessments shall be made for all areas of the
drilling site and works to be carried out.
5.0.1 Site Management
5.0.1.1 Site management arrangements will vary from site to site and will depend on the
client’s requirements and the details of the contracts. The drilling contractor may be
the only contractor on site at the time he carries out work or he may be carrying out
work managed by another contractor. The drilling contractor may have a contract
directly with the client or principal designer of a project for work such as site
investigation or he may be working as a subcontractor to the principal contractor for
a specific element of the main contract. The drilling contractor needs to be clear
about his role and his duties under health and safety law for the work he is carrying
out on site.
If the drilling contractor is working as a subcontractor refer to paragraphs 5.0.1.2,
5.0.1.3 and 5.0.1.4. If the drilling contractor is the principal contractor reference also
should be made to paragraph 5.0.1.5.
5.0.1.2 For site management duties the main legislation which applies under HASWA is :-
• The Construction (Design and Management) Regulations (CDM)

• The Management of Health and Safety at Work Regulations (MHSWR)
Under the CDM Regulations the key duty holders are: -
• The Client
• The Principal Designer - employed by the client
• The CDM Co-ordinator – employed by the client (This role is to be replaced
by the Principal Designers in the amended CDM 2015 regulations)
• The Principal Contractor – employed by the client
• Other Contractors
The HSE must be notified by the CDM co-ordinator (Client) of commencement of

work on form F10 contained in the CDM Regulations if the project is notifiable
(Section 2.2.2).
5.0.1.3 The drilling contractor will need to co-operate with the principal contractor for the
work so that the principal contractor can carry out his duties under the regulations.
In particular the drilling contractor may have to do the following:-

• Provide information to the client, principal contractor or principal designer so
that his competence for the work may be assessed
• Provide information to the principal contractor (including risk assessments
made in compliance with the Management of Health and Safety at Work
Regulations) which might affect the health and safety of others or which
might justify a review of the Construction Phase Health and Safety Plan
• Comply with directions of the principal contractor
• Comply with any rules applicable in the Construction Phase Health and
Safety Plan
• Provide any information relating to incidents notifiable under RIDDOR
• Provide information that would be required for the Construction Phase Health
and Safety Plan
5.0.1.4 The drilling contractor must have the following information before working or
before allowing employees to work on site.
• The name of the Principal Contractor

• The contents of the Construction Phase Health and Safety Plan or the parts
thereof which are relevant to the work to be carried out
5.0.1.5 If the drilling contractor is the principal contractor for the work while on site then
the drilling contractor will have the following duties.
• To contact the principal designer to ensure that any design or specification for
which the drilling contractor is responsible is safe and without risks to health
• To ensure co-operation between all contractors on site
• To ensure that every contractor and every employee complies with rules
contained in the health and safety plan
• To ensure that authorised persons only enter the site
• To ensure that the notification form F10 for the site is displayed in a
prominent position where the project is notifiable.
• To provide the principal designer with information which the principal
designer would require for the health and safety file
• To give reasonable directions to other contractors to ensure compliance with
the above duties
• To compile a Construction Phase Health and Safety Plan for the management
of health and safety on the site
• To ensure that rules for safe working are contained in the Construction Phase
Health and Safety Plan and are communicated to those who may be affected
by them
• To ensure that every contractor and contractor’s employees are provided with
information on risks to health and safety associated with the work
• To ensure that every contractor provides employees with training relating to
risks to health and safety associated with the work identified in the risk
assessment
• To consult with employees on the site so they can discuss and offer advice on
health and safety matters and that there are arrangements for co-ordinating
those views of the employees
• To ensure that the Construction Phase Health and Safety Plan contains
information concerning:-
(a) management arrangements for the project including the control of
risk and monitoring of compliance with statutory provisions
(b) welfare arrangements on site

NOTE 1: - It is the Client’s duty to ensure that the Construction Phase Health & Safety Plan
has been sufficiently developed before work can start on the site.
NOTE 2: - CDM Regulations have been amended and are due to come into force on the 6
April 2015. Readers should refer to the amendment when it is published.
5.0.2 Risk Assessment
5.0.2.1 The Drilling Contractor must be able to demonstrate that he has carried out a risk
assessment for the work to be carried out which identifies the significant hazards
that have been identified along with the measures that he proposes in order to
minimise the risk of harm to people.
Risk assessment is an essential element in the management of health and safety at
work. It is needed to ensure compliance with the requirements of health and safety
legislation and in particular with HASWA which is outlined in section 2 of this
manual. Risk Assessment involves a series of logical steps to examine the hazards
arising from all the various aspects of the drilling operation so that appropriate
safety measures may be implemented. The ultimate objective is to achieve adequate
safety at all times. To be successful, risk assessment depends on logical judgmental
decisions. The hazards associated with the drilling operation are highlighted in
section 7 of this manual. In addition the subject is clearly and simply described in
HSE’s 5 Steps to Risk Assessment (see Appendix B). Any risk assessment carried
out should also recognise and take into consideration possible hazard to health. The
Risk Assessment is an essential part of job planning and the pre-start induction of
personnel.
No work should be commenced without recorded evidence that a risk assessment has been
carried out and brought to the attention of all operatives.
5.0.2.2 The risk assessment should identify control measures and these should adopt the
principles of prevention and protection as follows:-
• Eliminate the risk altogether where reasonably practicable

• Reduce risk at source (e.g. close compressor doors rather than supply ear
protection)
• Give priority to measures that protect the whole workforce before individuals
• Control residual risk by provision of control equipment or PPE.
• In addition to above, but not alone, provide training and information at all
times
5.0.2.3 The risk assessment will provide information for the method statement to for the
control any remaining health and safety risks.
5.0.3 Method Statements
5.0.3.1 No work should commence unless method statements have been prepared.
5.0.3.2 A method statement should describes in a logical sequence exactly how a job is to
be carried out in a safe manner and without risks to health. It should refer to all the
risks identified in the risk assessment and detail the measures needed to control
these risks. This allows the job to be properly planned and resourced.

5.0.3.3 The method statement should clearly define every work activity as well as set out
the order of the work to be undertaken, detail the plant and equipment to be used
and the control measures e.g. hold points etc. to be observed.
5.0.3.3 The risks to health and safety for each activity should have control measures that
have been identified in the risk assessment. The control measures should be
included within the method statement as part of the method for carrying out the
work.
5.0.3.4 The method statement should clearly identify the responsibilities of individuals.
5.0.3.5 The method statement should identify specific training requirements for use of
machinery and for carrying out the work.
5.0.3.6 The contents of the method statement shall be discussed with those carrying out the
work and a signed record kept that this has been done. Where site specific and/or
complex working instructions are involved the method statement shall be issued to
operatives in addition to being discussed.
5.0.4 Permissions and Notifications
5.0.4.1 In addition to the need to obtain the consent of the landowner and any tenant of the
site on which the drilling is to take place, there are other bodies and authoritative
parties who must be given written notification. The responsibility for carrying out
notifications should be clearly agreed in writing with the client.
5.0.4.2 The following list is included for guidance only and it should be remembered that
each drilling site will require separate and maybe different notification. It is
therefore extremely important that each site is checked for the specific notifications
that are required.
• Planning permissions
• Local Authorities
• Utility services: Gas, electricity including national grids and water
• Coal Authority
• British Pipeline Agency
• Telecommunications
• Airports Authority
• Highways Agency
• Environmental Agency and/or British Waterways
• Police
• British Geological Survey
• Health and Safety Executive
• Network Rail
5.0.5 Site Preparation, Setting Up and Maintenance
5.0.5.1 It is recommended that the site is inspected in advance of the start of work. Checks
should be made to ensure that the route to site is suitable and that the site
entrance/exit is in the safest location and is suitable for the equipment to be used on
site. Before the drilling rig and equipment are allowed entry to site a safe approach
route to the proposed drilling position should be determined. The location of the
nearest A&E Hospital and the quickest route to it should be identified.

5.0.5.2 It is imperative that safe systems of work are followed by all personnel on the
drilling site and all members of the drill crew understand the system. Before setting
up the rig a full risk assessment should be carried out of the hazards as outlined in
section 7 of this manual. A plan of the site showing the location of the hazards that
may affect the preparatory works and the drilling operation, position of the rig, route
of travel and entrance and exit should be made available to all concerned.
5.0.5.3 Clear access and egress to and from the site should be provided with clear visibility
in all directions. If this is not possible, then traffic movement should be controlled
by a competent nominated person. All drilling plant will be loaded or off loaded on
firm level ground in a designated area. All plant will be loaded on and off by a
competent low loader driver or crane operator or by company personnel appointed
and experienced in operating such plant.
5.0.5.4 The load bearing capacity of the proposed site should be assessed to ensure that it is
adequate for safe working conditions. Where drill rigs are mounted on mechanical
or hydraulic jacks it is extremely important that the rig position is carefully selected
and sufficiently sound to take the imposed loads. Appropriate spreader plates/
timbers etc. should be positioned under the jack feet in order to spread the ground
load before the rig is jacked up and levelled. In some instances a permit to load may
be needed.
5.0.5.5 The working area should be suitably prepared to ensure that there is safe access and
egress to all work stations.
5.0.5.6 Means to retain any contaminants that may leak and leach into the ground should be
provided. All diesel oil and hydraulic fluids should be stored in a sealed bunded area
on a leak-proof membrane.
5.0.5.7 The site should be securely fenced off to prevent unauthorised access, where
appropriate, and mandatory warning notices clearly displayed. Any mud pits or
excavations should be securely fenced off, where appropriate, and provided with
rescue equipment and means of escape.
5.0.5.8 Risk assessment should be carried out on potential falls from height. Safe working
platforms must be provided for all operatives, equipment or materials where the risk
assessment has identified a requirement. If there is a risk of injury from a potential
fall then a guard rail system must be provided.
Ladders, which are in temporary use, must be secured to the structure and removed
or rendered inaccessible when not in use. All ladders must be examined by the user
before use for damage and replaced if damage is found.
Further information regarding the use of scaffolding and ladders as a working
platform is contained in Section 5.0.6.of this manual.
5.0.5.9 Where acoustic barriers are utilised they should preferably be constructed of non-
flammable material.
5.0.5.10 Any discharged vapour or smoke should not be permitted to interfere with visibility
or constitute a hazard.
5.0.5.11 All high pressure pipes/hoses shall be routed in a manner which will give them
maximum mechanical protection against wear, mechanical and thermal damage.
Flushing hoses shall also be securely restrained. Hydraulic hoses may require
shrouding. Flushing pump relief discharge lines should be positioned to discharge
outside the working area and not constitute a hazard.

5.0.5.12 All hoses and standpipes should be clearly marked indicating their presence. To
protect the public standpipes shall be clearly identifiable. All hoses lying on the
ground should be positioned and protected from damage by site vehicles. Leaks
should be prevented particularly where the water may freeze resulting in a
significant slipping hazard.
5.0.5.13 All walkways, ladders and working areas should be kept clean, free from oil, grease
or other substances and safe access and egress should be maintained.
5.0.5.14 When any form of electric power is utilised, electric cables must be laid in
accordance with the appropriate Electrical Regulations. Refer to Section 11.5 of this
manual.
5.0.5.15 Consideration to the provision of site lighting shall be made so that all working
areas are well illuminated.
5.0.5.16 All tools and equipment should be neatly stacked and maintained in good condition.
SECURE THAT STACK!
5.0.5.17 All drill rod, casing and adaptor threads should be cleaned and greased and where
possible fitted with thread protectors.
5.0.5.18 Drill rod and casing racks and trestles shall be constructed so that they safely
support the load that they will be subject to in use. The weight capacity should be
indicated on a label on the rack.
5.0.5.19 Ensure that drill rods and casing are not free to move or roll and thereby cause a risk
to the personnel involved.
5.0.5.20 Where shear pin relief valves are fitted to flushing pumps, suitable covers should be
fitted to protect personnel from ejection of broken pin pieces should the valve relief
and the pin shear.
5.0.5.21 Where there is a risk of fire and/or explosion e.g. electrical arc, static electricity or
lightning, all plant and machinery, including derricks and masts should be
effectively earthed for the dissipation of static electrical charge where the maximum
resistance to earth is in excess of 7 ohms.

5.0.5.22 In the event of electrical storms operatives shall vacate the rig and seek shelter. If
this is not possible the rig shall be adequately earthed.
5.0.5.23 All required warning notices shall be displayed in prominent places. A listing of
notices that may be required is contained in appendix H.
5.0.6 Use of Scaffolding, Ladders, Staging
Scaffolding, staging and access ladders are often used as drilling platforms when drilling in
inaccessible places e.g. when cantilevered out from docks over water, on rock faces or steep
slopes. The scaffold or platform must be designed by a competent person.
The main hazards associated with the use of scaffolding, ladders and staging are:-
• Falls from height

• Falling materials
• Collapse of structure caused by e.g. dynamic or snatch loading
• Unsuitable base
• General overloading
• Unsound materials and incorrect assembly
Consideration of the following points should assist in reducing the risk to personnel involved
with scaffolding, ladders and staging.
It should be noted that vibrating loads could lead to loosening of connections resulting in
collapse or overloading.
5.0.6.1 Persons erecting or modifying scaffold platforms must hold a current scaffolder’s
CITB / CTA record card. Safety harnesses must be worn when erecting/dismantling
scaffolding and be in accordance with NASC Guidance details of which are
contained in Appendix B1. Drilling personnel must not change or modify erected
scaffolding.
5.0.6.2 During erection, dismantling or modification of scaffolding when it is not suitable

for use by personnel, all scaffolding must have a notice displayed to the effect that it
must not be used.
5.0.6.3 All scaffolds and platforms must be checked at the end of each shift and measures
put into place to ensure that access by the public and in particular children is
prevented.
5.0.6.4 Scaffolding and platforms shall be inspected weekly by a competent person and the
results of the inspection recorded. In addition, they should be inspected after any
substantial modification or after any event likely to have affected its strength or
stability.
Many accidents arise each year from the use or misuse of ladders. It is therefore important
that all personnel are trained in their correct use. The following should be noted.
• Ladders must be in good condition and of adequate strength and length for the
work to be carried out. Ladders with defective rungs must not be used.
• Ladders must be secured and be of sufficient length to extend 1.05 metres
above the landing place.

SECURELY ATTACH LADDERS!
• Ladders should be placed on a firm base and positioned at a slope of 1:4. Care
must be taken to ensure that the step off area from the ladder to the platform is
clear of obstruction.
• Ladders should be positioned such that over-reaching is unnecessary. When
personnel are working they shall not stand on the top three rungs.
• Ladders must not be painted as this may hide defects.
• Industrial grade ladders should be used in the working environment.
5.0.7 Permit to Work
5.0.7 1 Permits To Work will be needed when access by drilling personnel to the location or
position has to be carefully controlled for safety reasons. This may be due to
conditions on site, location of site or working processes.
5.0.7.2 The permit to work should clearly state the precautions to be observed at all times.
5.0.7.3 Any special operating procedures relative to the work being carried out should be
provided in detail.
5.0.7.4 Examples of possible areas of operation where a permit to work system may be
required include work near toxic substances, electrical installations, work in
confined spaces, work near cranes, some welding or hot work operations and work
with pressurised systems.
5.0.8 Working at Height
Working at Height is defined in the Work at Height Regulations as work in any place,
including a place at or below ground level, from which a person could fall a distance liable to
cause personal injury if the precautions required by the regulations were not taken. This
includes obtaining access and egress to or from a place of work but not a staircase in a
permanent workplace. Working at height activities include:
• Work on ladders and other structures

• Work on staging or trestles
• Most construction work
• Erection of scaffolding and other steelwork
• Any activity undertaken from a scaffold or from a mobile-elevated work
platform

• Working on the back of a lorry
• Using a ladder/stepladder or kick stool to store or retrieve goods at height
• Working close to excavations or other voids
5.0.8.1 The regulations, which cover almost all work situations, set out specific precautions
for all such work regardless of the distance a person may fall.
5.0.8.2 When considering work at height, it is important to note that it is the potential to
cause harm that needs to be considered and not the distance through which someone
or something might fall.
5.0.8.3 Under the Work at Height Regulations, duty holders must:

• Avoid work at height where they can
• Where work at height cannot be avoided, use work equipment to prevent falls
• Where the risk of falls cannot be eliminated, take measures to minimise the
distance and consequence of any falls.
•
5.0.8.4 The Regulations require duty holders to ensure:
• All work at height is properly planned and organized

• All work at height takes account of weather conditions that could endanger
health and safety
• Those involved in work at height are trained and competent
• The place where work at height is done is safe
• Equipment for work at height is appropriately inspected
• The risks from fragile surfaces are properly controlled
5.1 Safety Requirements – Site Specific
5.1.1 Landfills and Contaminated Land.
Resulting from the significant increase in the requirement for drilling of landfills and
contaminated land and in the absence of any national guidelines covering these operations, the
British Drilling Association, working in conjunction with a wide range of organisations,
prepared guidelines in 2008 to promote safe working practices necessary to protect drilling
personnel and the public.
It was recognised that the need to operate a ‘Safe system of work’ was the main priority and it
would be necessary to meet the requirements of the following Acts and Regulations. The
Environmental Protection Act, the Health and Safety at Work Act, the Control of Substances
Hazardous to Health Regulations (COSHH) or in the case of lead and asbestos, the Control of
Lead at Work Regulations and the Control of Asbestos at Work Regulations. These
regulations place the onus on the employer and contractor to undertake work in such a manner
that personnel, third parties and the environment are properly protected.
Guidelines for safe drilling of landfills and contaminated land is produced by the I.C.E Site
Investigation Steering Group and is titled Guidelines for the Safe Investigation by Drilling of
Landfills and Contaminated Land. SISG. Part 4. The I.C.E document generally follows the
BDA Guidelines.
This document is intended to provide guidance for Employers, Contractors, Engineers and
drillers operating on a particular site which is contaminated.

The following is a summary of the subjects contained in the guidance notes: -
• Project requirements - selection of plant and equipment – drilling methods –

materials and protective measures – borehole size
and type – methods of construction
• Contractual requirements - legal responsibilities of all parties – supervision
and direction of work – materials programme –
safety.
• Insurance - contractors – sub-contractors
• Hazard assessment - categorisation of site - Green, Yellow or Red
COSHH requirements – presence of Gas – biological
risks– unexploded ordnance
• Health and Safety - safety plan – hygiene – decontamination
• Personnel - training – accreditation – environmental specialists
• Field operations - drilling technique – contamination – transport of
samples - site reinstatement – disposal of samples
• Personal protective equipment - clothing and equipment – decontamination – disposal
of contaminated clothing
Also included is a listing of all the Acts, Regulations, HSE guidance notes, Standards and
other useful reference literature pertaining to matters of Health and Safety in relation to
drilling on contaminated land or landfill sites.
The I.C.E. Guidelines are not intended to relieve anyone of responsibility to consult the
various Acts, Regulations and Standards that are relevant to the subject. It is therefore
recommended that all personnel involved in drilling activity on contaminated land or landfill
sites make a careful study of the content of the I.C.E. guidelines before commencing activity
on site.
5.1.2 Quarries
Blast hole drilling in quarries presents safety hazards that are not present in other forms of
drilling due to the nature of the work, the location and the type of rigs used. One major area
where potential hazard exists is when ‘tramming’ the rig, especially if it is of the type that
requires a mobile compressor to be towed. The use of explosives is an integral part of the
drilling and blasting operation and therefore it is essential that personnel are familiar with
safety precautions for the transport, storage, handling and use of explosives. Information
relating to this matter is contained in section 9.10 of this manual. All work in quarries is
covered by the Quarries Regulations and reference should be made to HSE ACoP L118
Health and Safety at Quarries.
5.1.2.1 Frequently one man drilling operation is adopted in quarries. Whilst this is less than
desirable, in such cases the individual is exposed to particular risks associated with
lone working. In these circumstances particular attention should be paid to
providing high levels of training. Management arrangements should also be in place
in order to mitigate the risk of lone working which should include clear and regular
communication/contact with the lead driller.
5.1.2.2 All personnel must report to site management for induction training prior to
commencement of work and will sign in and out each shift at the appropriate place
as directed. No person should carry out any work they are neither qualified nor
appointed to do. Specific site rules regarding drilling operations must be obtained
from the quarry manager and be adhered to at all times. Personnel should make
themselves familiar with the position of site welfare and first aid facilities that are

available. All personnel must ensure that they have the appropriate PPE before
commencing work.
5.1.2.3 All drilling plant will be loaded or off loaded on firm level ground and in designated
areas where applicable. All plant will be loaded on and off by competent low loader
drivers or crane operators or by company personnel appointed and experienced in
operating such plant.
5.1.2.4 Use only designated haul roads to track drill rigs and compressors to work areas.
Drillers must check with quarry management that all areas are clear and safe to
travel prior to moving. The route should also be checked for stability. Maintain a
safe distance from benches or slopes when operating or tramming in case the ground
is unstable. For safe tramming of the rig on site the following points should be taken
into consideration.
• Ensure that the compressor tow hitch and safety chains are correctly connected
• Use the shortest air feed line possible to limit the chance of it becoming caught
or entangled whilst tramming
• Keep air hoses away from crawler tracks at all times
• When tramming always walk to the side of the rig
• Avoid causing the compressor to jack knife by not making sudden turns when
tramming
• Do not step between the compressor and crawler unit when moving
• On very rough terrain use another means of towing the compressor other than
the crawler unit
5.1.2.5 Drilling operations should not be carried out in the vicinity of the quarry face or
edge if it is in an unstable condition. Where holes have to be drilled adjacent to an
open face harnesses must be warn and attached to secure anchor points or edge
protection provided. Further information with regard to this topic is available from
the HSE in Quarry Fact File No 18.
If it is necessary to operate in restricted widths on quarry tops, the rig should be
sited so that the control panel is on the side of the rig away from the quarry edge.
Members of the rig crew should avoid working with their backs toward the quarry
edge.
5.1.2.6 Do not move rigs or compressors until all rods, tools, airlines etc. are secured and
the mast is in a safe position. Exercise caution when on sloping ground by
positioning the drill crawler and mast in such a manner that the drill unit is balanced
and stable. Where possible always stand and operate on the up hill side of the drill.
Always connect up the air line safety restraints and ensure that the correct
specification air hose is being used.
5.1.2.7 The drill location must be checked to ensure that all holes can be accessed safely.
When setting up on a new borehole ensure that sufficient weight is on the boom to
prevent movement. Before starting to drill make sure that all safety guards and
protective devices are in place and functioning. All controls must be checked for
correct operation.
5.1.2.8 When drilling toe holes the Lead Driller must ensure that the work area has been
examined by the site management and a risk assessment carried out. Additional
safety measures required, arising from the inspection, must be in place prior to
commencing work.

5.1.2.9 The mast will be set at the angle as dictated in the driller’s log and in the direction
of the hole indicator on the crest of the face. The mast angle must be checked after
drilling approximately 2 metres and adjusted as necessary. Any adjustments to be
noted in the log.
5.1.2.10 In order to reduce health risk and improve environmental protection it is essential to
utilise dust extraction systems when fitted to reduce the risk of respiratory damage.
When not fitted, a water or water/foam injection system should be used. If this is not
practicable other means of RPE must be utilised.
5.1.2.11 Whilst drilling, the drifter, shank piece, couplings and drill rods can become very
hot. Always wear gloves when handling this equipment.
5.1.2.12 All plant must be secured and immobilised at the end of each shift to ensure no
unauthorised use. All tools must be stored safely and the work area left in a tidy
state.
5.1.3 Highways
5.1.3.1 All works must be carried out in accordance with The New Road and Streetworks
Act (NRSWA) and associated ACoP. Refer to Appendix A.
5.1.3.2 When drilling is to be carried out on or near a highway/road, appropriate and

sufficient road signs, signals and lighting shall be provided. Road signs shall be
installed in accordance with Chapter 8 of the Traffic Signs Manual.
5.1.3.3 Work must be supervised by a HAUC/RAUC qualified supervisor and at least one
operative trained in accordance with the Street Works (Qualifications of Supervisors
and Operatives) Regulations must be present on site at all times.
5.1.3.4 Appropriate notice must be given to the authority before work can commence.
5.1.4 Work on or near Railways
5.1.4.1 Before any personnel can work adjacent to working railways (in a RED ZONE as
defined by the Railway Operating Company) they must obtain a Personal Track
Safety Certificate.
5.1.4.2 Where drilling activity is to be carried out on or in the near vicinity to rail tracks,
then all the appropriate Railway Operating Company Safety Regulations must be
obtained and strictly adhered to. Personnel working on or near railway tracks may
be asked to attend a Railway Operating Company’s Safety Induction Course.
5.1.4.3 Before starting work on or near to the track or electrified overhead lines, written
permission must be obtained from the appropriate Railway Operating Company.
This permission should detail making safe any electrical system, earthing, insulation
and warning limits.
5.1.4.4 Procedures should be implemented for access along the track, for crossing rails and
proceeding into tunnels.
5.1.4.5 A look out man should be designated and signalling and warning procedures
established.

5.1.4.6 Working methods and emergency procedures should be established in conjunction
with the Railway Operating Company.
5.1.4.7 Ensure that approval and instructions are obtained on a daily basis from the Railway
Operating Company supervisor.
5.1.4.8 The drilling activity area should be clearly defined and no personnel should stray
out of that defined area.
5.1.4.9 Where conductor rails are present, they should be clearly identified and special
precautions as defined by the Railway Operating Company should be observed.
5.1.4.10 Ensure that relevant safety/protective equipment is available and that high visibility
clothing is worn. Refer to section 13.2 of this manual.
5.1.4.11 Any work carried out on railway property will be supervised by trained and
authorised personnel.
5.1.5 Working over Water and Marine Operations
Working over water is recognised as a drilling activity that involves many additional hazards
not normally encountered when drilling on land. The safety measures following are directed
towards operations in up to 20 metres of water depth on either floating or fixed working
platforms having no accommodation facilities. The safety procedures for off-shore operations
carried out from self propelled ocean going vessels or deep water fixed platforms/jack-up rigs
are not covered in this manual.
The law requires that the employers have to provide for personnel, sub contractors and any
other persons with reason to attend the workplace: -
• safe access to and from the place of work

• a safe place of work
• a safe system of work
All those involved in over water work should constantly remind themselves of these
requirements and be aware that they each have a part to play in bringing this about. The
following should be considered:
• using a "Permit to Leave Port" to ensure all identified health and safety
requirements have been catered for
• activities over water are generally run on a 24 hour basis; adequate lighting and
power supply must be permanently available
• carry a sufficient set of spares – breakdowns happen which due to the remoteness
of the location may mean longer periods of inactivity; in these conditions,
inappropriate temporary "fixes" may be attempted, leading to the development of
hazardous conditions
• remember that the over water situation makes potentially dangerous situations
doubly dangerous
• be aware of condition of tides, currents and weather (including weather in
catchment area for inland waterways)
• maintain good housekeeping, space is at a premium so use it wisely
• whilst working be aware of where your colleagues are working --- work in pairs
• adhere to safe working practices, remember the over water environment is also
isolated and consequently makes evacuation of an injured party more difficult

• plan and practice escape routes and emergency procedures
• identify signs of and make allowance for fatigue amongst crew members
5.1.5.1 Where special hazards have been identified at the tender/contract stage of the project
a briefing session should be held with the site safety representative and the safety
officer to discuss the procedures to be carried out.
5.1.5.2 A project or site risk assessment must be carried out when preparing for drilling and
all hazards addressed. A typical Risk Assessment document is contained in appendix
G1.
5.1.5.3 Preparatory Work:- Before the start of any over water work the site safety
representative must –
• Ensure that all personnel have been fully briefed

• Ensure that all sub-contractors have agreed to the safety requirements
• Obtain confirmation that all statutory authorities have been approached
• Check on any restrictions and requirements arising from navigation
considerations (lights, cones, vessel movement clearances etc.)
• Check that adequate facilities for communications are available and functioning
(mobile telephones, VHF radios etc.)
5.1.5.4 Access Considerations: - Inadequate means of access to over water platforms is

estimated to be the most likely cause of accidents in over water work. The following
points must be addressed:-
• Where platforms or jack up rigs are located adjacent to a quay wall or other fixed
access point, the gangway linking the two must be designed for the purpose, be
equipped with handrails and be fixed to the access point
• Wherever possible the means of access to jack up rigs remote from the fixed
points should be by means of a rigid staircase with handrails or by using an
onboard crane and crew transport systems now available on the market. Where
this is not possible then ensure that access to the rig is by rope ladder-. (fixed
ladders can be a hazard when transfers are made in a swell)
• Careful consideration must be given at the start of a contract to the establishment
of clear guidelines for the limiting sea and weather conditions under which
transfers can be carried out
• When working on jack up rigs or platforms in inter-tidal areas there will be
occasions when transfers are only possible across the exposed seabed. This
should only be entertained after a careful review of the state of the surface and
must be carefully supervised. Take particular care when a shallow depth of water
may conceal holes such as those remaining after the earlier location of jack up
legs in the area
5.1.5.5 PPE:- The general requirements for PPE are contained in Section 13.2 of this manual
but because of the over water environment and exposed location of most sites safety
helmets should be fitted with chin straps. Outer clothing must be of high visibility
material. In addition the following items of protective equipment must be provided
for over water working:
Buoyancy Aids:- these should be available to all personnel working over water and
should :-

• Provide sufficient freedom of movement for personnel to be willing to wear them
and work in them. They should be secure to the body
• Have sufficient buoyancy to bring a man to the surface, even when unconscious
and keep him afloat, face up
• Be readily visible and capable of withstanding hard treatment
• Require minimum maintenance (mouth and CO2 inflated types need frequent
checking).
• Not be prone to snagging under water and be fitted with clip on self-igniting
lights
It is recommended that buoyancy aids comply with BS EN 395. 1995 or approved by

a recognised authority such as the Ship and Boat Builders National Federation,
Life Buoys:- life buoys with lifelines, of the Board of Trade approved type should be
mounted, clearly visible on the handrails surrounding the work area. If night work is
to be carried out, standard Board of Trade self-igniting lights should be fitted. Daily
checks should be carried out to ensure that life buoys and lines are in their correct
place and undamaged. The lines should be a different colour to others used on site.
Grab Lines:- Grab lines attached to the working place, or at other places downstream,
and long enough to allow for the normal rise and fall of the tide should be considered
in certain circumstances to provide something to grab in an emergency. They should
be of a buoyant type with a marker float at the free end. The trailing ends should be of
sufficient length as not to risk fouling of boat propellers. Daily checks should be
made to ensure that they are in place and in sound condition.
Safety Harnesses:- Occasionally over water operations may require personnel to

work in areas without handrail protection. Safety harnesses (not belts) with shock
absorbing safety lines must be provided for each person. Further information
regarding Safety harness and lines may be found in section 13.2.18 of this manual.
Transfer Suits:- during the winter, it is recommended that transfer suits are worn by
personnel moving between shore and jack-up / jack-up to jack-up etc.
5.1.5.6 Jack-up Rig Operations: - In addition to the normal safety precautions taken for
drilling operations, the following need also to be addressed.
• Be satisfied of the competence of the crew and their attitude to safety

• Check that the assembly of the platform has been completed correctly. For
drilling platforms the main pins should be locked
• Check that the vessel is equipped with life buoys, life jackets etc, and that the
handrails are sound and continuous
• Ensure that towing or attendant vessels are adequate in power and capacity to
meet the needs of transportation and evacuation
• Check that the rig is locked onto the racking/jacking system after raising the
hull to the working position
• Ensure that adequate ballasting has been carried out to provide a reasonable
safety factor against further penetration of the spud cans
5.1.5.7 Floating Platforms:- The precautions listed in 5.1.5.6 generally also apply to floating
platforms. Additional considerations are: -
• Ensure that the anchoring system is adequate to avoid movement of the

platform under all anticipated conditions of tides and currents etc

• Ensure that the system of working enables the movement caused by tidal
variations to be accommodated safely
5.1.5.8 Good Housekeeping: - As space is at a premium in over water operations it is

extremely important that good housekeeping is maintained at all times.
• Ensure that the crew define their method of working so that clear escape
routes are maintained
• Drill rods, casing and tools should be secured and not free to roll
• Keep deck clean. Any spillage of fuel, oils, drilling mud etc. must be
promptly and properly cleaned up
• Make sure bins are provided for rubbish and unless specifically permitted, do
not discharge solids contained in flushing returns into the water but retain
them for onshore disposal
• Make sure that samples and core boxes are moved to shore as soon, as is
practicable
• If there is any reason to suspect that materials encountered are contaminated,
take the appropriate precautions
5.1.5.9 Working Area:- Regularly inspect the working area checking that guard rails are not
damaged and that lifebelts are in place and record such actions. Ensure that the
working area is adequately lit and that the inevitable areas of shadow do not contain
hazards. Schedule workload to ensure that fatigue does not become an additional
problem.
5.1.5.10 First Aid:- Each working platform that is not continuously accessible from the shore
must be equipped with first aid facilities. Refer to Section 13.3 and Appendix G2 of
this manual.
5.1.5.11 Fire Precautions:- Each platform that is not permanently provided with an escape
route to shore must be equipped with suitable fire protection. Refer to Section 14 and
Appendix G2 of this manual.
5.1.5.12 Attendant Craft / Rubber Inflatable Boat:- An attendant craft should always be
available when working over water. The vessel should be of sufficient length and
beam to afford reasonable stability and be capable of safely evacuating the full
complement of personnel should it become necessary. Inflatable craft have the
advantage of manoeuvrability and ease of rescue but a rigid hull is often required
since the craft may also be used to tow the platform to position. The craft should
have:-
• An inboard /outboard motor which should be run several times a day if not
patrolling
• Three oars (one which can be used as an emergency rudder) and removable
rowlocks which are on lines
• Grab lines and at least one life buoy of approved Board of Trade type
• Boat hook, baler, anchor and line
• Two-way communication
• First aid kit in waterproof protection
• Emergency flares
• A spotlight if night work is to be patrolled
5.1.5.13 When not patrolling the craft should be moored alongside the platform and be
accessible by rope ladder. If effecting a rescue, two people must man the craft, one

for the helm and the other to carry out the rescue. It is very desirable that one of the
crew is trained in first aid and for both of them to be reasonably competent
swimmers.
5.1.5.14 Emergency Procedures:- Emergency procedures will depend on individual working

circumstances and should be clearly defined for each individual job and must include
procedures for calling the emergency services.
• Man overboard. – The rescue craft must be deployed immediately whilst the
remainder of crew try to keep the victim in sight and guide the rescue craft.
The emergency services should be notified and when the victim is on board or
secured to the craft, the craft should be taken to the nearest point of land
where the emergency services can gain access. Rescuers should not enter the
water except where no other alternative exists and only when attached to a
line. The first aider should give any emergency resuscitation.
• Evacuation. - In the event of fire, collision by other vessels or by any other
occurrence that, in the opinion of the responsible person, makes it necessary
to evacuate the platform, all personnel should secure and inflate their life-
jackets and enter the rescue vessel in an orderly manner. The senior person
present must judge whether evacuation is the safest course of action,
particularly in bad weather. If not already advised, the emergency services
should be informed as soon as all personnel have been safely evacuated.
When working in inner tidal areas evacuation at low tide presents a serious
problem. Personnel should not attempt to walk on the exposed bed without
taking precautions. Work schedules must recognise the inaccessible nature of
the rig for such periods. Emergency evacuation may require the use of a
helicopter or air cushion craft. When calling for a helicopter warn the
emergency services of the presence of and height of the drilling mast and
support guy ropes.
• Injury. - Should an injury occur on the platform the emergency services
should be consulted as to the safest method of evacuation. Describe as clearly
as possible the nature of the injury when making contact.
5.1.5.15 Health Considerations - all personnel should be physically fit to an acceptable

standard. They must have normal strength, full use of all senses and should not suffer
from any condition, which could place them, or their colleagues in jeopardy. (i.e.
epilepsy, heart weakness etc.). No person may be allowed to work over water if, in
the opinion of the supervisor, that person is under the influence of alcohol or drugs.
5.1.5.16 Personal Hygiene – in view of the heavy pollution at some sites certain health
precautions should be adopted by all personnel involved in over water work. The
highest possible level of personal hygiene should be maintained. Personnel should
ensure that their immunity to tetanus and poliomyelitis should also be maintained.
Gloves should be worn when handling equipment that could have been contaminated
with sewage polluted water and any open cuts should be washed and covered by
waterproof dressings. Cuts or minor injuries sustained whilst working near polluted
waters should be checked by a medical practitioner who should be advised of the
work environment. Any one who falls into polluted waters should undergo a medical
check even if no injury was sustained. Further information regarding hygiene is
contained in Section 13.1 of this manual.
5.1.5.17 It is essential to have competent employees when working over water and that
rigorous training must be given to ensure safety. Personnel should attend a
recognised one-day sea survival course if they are to work on inland waterways or

the sea. Supervisors/bargemasters and boat coxswains should attend a recognised
training course e.g. RYA.
5.1.5.18 The CITB Construction Site Safety Manual GW 700 (section 30) provides further
information on working over water.
5.1.6 Mineshafts and Old Mine Workings
5.1.6.1 Where it is anticipated that coal measures will be entered a Coal Authority Permit
must be obtained in advance. This Permit will specify the drilling flush and must not
be changed without the written approval of the CA. In the case of coal workings, the
Coal Authority shall always be consulted, records searched and a risk assessment
carried out prior to the commencement of any drilling activity. Always bear in mind
that old mine records are often incomplete and/or inaccurate. Entry into shafts, adits
or workings should not be undertaken without Coal Authority permission and a
report on their condition obtained from a qualified mining engineer.
5.1.6.2 In the case of other mine workings as much information as possible shall be
obtained from all available sources prior to the commencement of the drilling
operation.
5.1.6.3 When searching for old mineshafts a risk assessment shall consider the risk of
ground collapse and whether a safe working platform will be required. When
proving old mineshafts, the drill rig shall be set up centrally on a safe working
platform of sufficient size to span any potential area of collapse.
5.1.6.4 A risk assessment must be undertaken to determine if a safety harness is to be used

and where it would be tethered so as to avoid the risk of entanglement and or
snagging on drill equipment during any emergency evacuation or during normal
drilling operations. The anchor point must be outside the assessed zone of collapse.
5.1.6.5 Where drilling is being carried out which may encounter old mine workings,
hazardous gases must be considered. Calibrated gas detection equipment must be
available on site and personnel trained in its use. Appropriate training in the use of
gas detection equipment must be provided. In addition the requirements of the
ATEX Directive regarding the use of electrical equipment in potentially explosive
atmospheres must also be taken into account. The potential fire risk when drilling in
these conditions must be considered. Fire control procedures must be established
and warning signs clearly displayed.
5.1.6.6 If it is established that gas is present the client shall be notified. Further tests may be
carried out to ascertain the quantity of gas involved and assess the associated risks
to those on and off site.
5.1.6.7 When drilling from the surface for deep mining purposes through or in the vicinity
of old workings or into strata likely to contain flammable gas under pressure then
the requirements of the Borehole Sites and Operations Regulations must be
complied with. The HSE have published L72 A Guide to Borehole Sites and
Operations Regulations to assist in this matter. The BDA in association with the
Coal Authority and others prepared “Guidance on Managing the Risk of Hazardous
Gases when Drilling or Piling Near Coal”. Refer to Section 5.1.7 of this manual.
5.1.6.8 There are gases that create concern when drilling in coal measures or in the vicinity
of mine workings: -

• Methane which is colourless, odourless and is explosive in the range of 5 –
15% concentration in air
• Blackdamp is colourless, odourless and non – explosive but it is low in
oxygen and high in carbon dioxide and therefore very dangerous
• Carbon monoxide may be produced by the drilling process. The gas is toxic,
colourless and odourless.
Gases found or produced during drilling operations may be forced through

workings, fissures etc. over some distances. These gases can escape into properties
putting occupants at serious risk.
If methane levels in excess of 0.5% are found at any time then regular monitoring at
5 minute intervals must take place. If methane levels of 1.25% or over are found
within 0.5 metres of the borehole then the following actions must be taken.
• The rig engine must be shut down and the drill crew moved away to a safe
position up wind.
• Regular monitoring of the gas level must take place at 5 minute intervals and
recorded until the methane level falls below 0.5%.
• The flushing medium should be maintained, if possible, during this process to
assist in diluting and dispersing the gas
If carbon monoxide levels are found to be above the Long Term Exposure Limit,
30ppm, given in HSE’s EH40, then drilling must stop and the drill flush changed to
water flush. The Coal Authority must be informed of the gas levels found. Guidance
on monitoring for carbon monoxide in nearby properties is given in the CA
guidance document “Guidance on Managing the Risk of Hazardous Gases when
Drilling or Piling Near Coal”.
5.1.6.9 If drill crew members become drowsy or sleepy during drilling this may be an
indication of gases escaping from the borehole or fumes building up in a confined
drilling space. Evacuate the crew from the immediate area or space, allow time for
any gases to dissipate. Before returning to the rig report the incident and request
instruction from Drill Management. Tests should be carried out to establish gas or
oxygen content around the borehole position in order to determine if it is safe to
return and resume work. If the borehole position is in an area with restricted air
movement refer to section 5.1.8 on confined space working.
5.1.6.10 Diesel engine exhaust systems should be fitted with spark arrestors and automatic
air intake shut down valves. Where possible, the rig should be positioned up wind
of the borehole.
5.1.6.11 Air flush will normally maintain the gas concentration below dangerous levels. The
most critical time is when re-entering the borehole or re-starting drilling after any
stoppage. The air flush must be allowed to circulate for a short while before rotating
or drilling.
5.1.6.12 Exhaust air from the borehole should be contained by a diverter and discharged at
least 4 metres down wind from the drill rig and take into account other
environmental aspects.
5.1.6.13 It should be borne in mind that changes in atmospheric pressure will affect the gas
flow from the borehole. e.g. bad weather is generally accompanied by low
atmospheric pressure which may increase gas flow.

5.1.6.14 Occasionally high pressure water flow may be released from the borehole, this may
be caused by high pressure trapped gas and when the water flow ceases then the
high pressure gas may have been disipated from the borehole.
5.1.6.15 The Lead Driller must be, at all times, aware of the danger to the drill string should
old workings be encountered. The sudden dropping of the drill string accompanied
by a sudden loss of drilling fluid will indicate a void of some kind in the borehole.
5.1.6.16 Sudden loss of air flush, when drilling over a mine shaft, may be the first indication
that the shaft is about to collapse.
5.1.6.17 The casing should be well grouted or sealed externally to prevent possibility of
gases escaping from the borehole under pressure and to assist with gas control by
preventing external leakage of gas.
5.1.7 Drilling Through Potentially Hazardous Gas Zones
The Coal Authority along with the BDA and others published guidance on managing the risks
from hazardous gases found near coal. This document, “Guidance on Managing the Risk of
Hazardous Gases when Drilling or Piling Near Coal” is freely available from the Coal
Authority and reference should be made to this document when carrying out a risk
assessment.
The Environmental Services Association, ESA, with support of the HSE, produced an
Industry Code of Practice, ESA ICoP 4 (Drilling) to provide guidance on the Dangerous
Substances and Explosive Atmospheres Regulations, DSEAR, when drilling into landfills.
5.1.8 Work in Confined Spaces
When work has to be carried out in a confined space location it is of the utmost importance to
ensure that the requirements of the Confined Spaces Regulations are implemented. To assist
in this matter the HSE has issued ACoP L101 of which details can be found in Appendix A.
The following specific matters should be taken into consideration.
An example of a confined space may be a small room where a Dynamic Sampling rig has
been set up. Fumes from the rig’s engine must be removed from the room to prevent the build
up of toxic exhaust fumes.
5.1.8.1 Competent supervision should always be at hand when working in a confined space
situation to ensure that a safe system of work is carried on.
5.1.8.2 A safe system of work must be prepared, training given and signed off. This may be
a companies permit to work system.
5.1.8.3 Appropriate clothing and safety equipment should always be available according to
the site requirements.
5.1.8.4 Only suitably trained personnel should be allowed to work on site. Training should
be given in accordance with the ACoP and should be include, where identified by
the risk assessment, the use of Self-Rescuers and emergency procedures. The Self-
Rescuers must be appropriate for the conditions to be encountered and their duration
suitable to allow time for escape or rescue.
5.1.8.5 Appropriate warning notices must be displayed.

5.1.8.6 Weather conditions, which may influence the confined space location, must be
monitored and forecasts for the local area obtained on a regular basis during the
drilling operations.
5.1.8.7 Effective communication must be established between those in the confined space
and the outside.
5.1.8.8 The area must be monitored for toxic and inflammable gases such as carbon
monoxide, carbon dioxide and methane prior to and during the drilling operation.
Oxygen deficiency and enrichment must also be monitored.
5.1.8.9 If the quality of the breathable air deteriorates to the pre-set danger level, the drilling
operation must be terminated and the appropriate corrective measures taken.
5.1.8.10 A set of emergency rescue procedures must be set up in compliance with the
regulations. These emergency rescue procedures must be included in the induction
training.
5.1.8.11 Decontamination and washing facilities must be made available to suit the particular
site requirement. (Refer to Section 13 Welfare and Hygiene of this manual).
5.1.8.12 Exhaust gases from engines run in confined spaces must be removed from the area
and in such a way that they do not return into the area and create a hazard.
5.1.8.13 Where flammable gases are present or where they may be encountered during the
drilling operation, engine systems should be fitted with spark arrestors and
automatic air intake shut down valves.
5.1.8.14 Vehicles must not be driven in confined spaces unless specific safety measures have
been created and appropriate safety devices fitted.
5.1.8.15 If drilling is carried out with compressed air in a confined space, dust suppression
must be employed. For further information refer to Section 6.4 and section 9.1 of
this manual.
5.1.8.16 IMPORTANT – No Lone Working within confined spaces.
5.1.9 Underground Drilling
Drilling activity carried out underground, in tunnels or in tunnel construction, presents risks
that are not present in other forms of drilling. It is important that all drilling personnel are
correctly trained and certified to carry out work in this particular type of environment. All
personnel must be aware of the requirements of the Confined Spaces Regulations and the
HSE ACoP L101. Reference should also be made to Section 5.1.8 of this manual.
The following comments generally relate to underground drilling in coal mines
5.1.9.1 Where drilling is to be carried out in a coal mine i.e. a workplace where firedamp
may be released in such a quantity that the risk of an explosive atmosphere cannot
be excluded, then the personnel involved must be suitably trained and certified by
the mine operating company and re-certified every 12 months. The Mines Rescue
Service may also carry out this training and certification.
5.1.9.2 All personnel employed must be fit and medically suitable for the work to be carried
out.

5.1.9.3 Personnel must be issued with the appropriate PPE including self-rescuers, helmet
lamps and methanometers and be trained in the use of the equipment. Personnel
must also be trained in emergency evacuation procedures.
5.1.9.4 Personnel working underground should be covered by specialist insurance.
5.1.9.5 The drill rig and ancillary equipment electrical systems must comply with the
requirements of the ATEX Directive to give the required degree of explosion
protection.
5.1.9.6 The drill rig and its ancillary equipment shall be constructed in accordance with the
requirement that they shall have no light metal or light metal alloys in unprotected
locations. (e.g. aluminium, magnesium etc.) Refer to BS EN 1710 Equipment and
components intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres in underground
mines.
5.1.9.7 Ensure that fire resistant fluid is used in the hydraulic systems. Refer to BS EN
1710.
5.1.9.8 All drilling must be conducted through a standpipe equipped with a stuffing box.
This assembly must be pressure tested to at least 30% over that expected from the
formation.
5.1.9.9 All drilling and cutting tools used shall be designed in such a way that they are
cooled by the flushing media and that the flushing media dilutes flammable
mixtures to prevent ignition.
Where drilling operations are carried out in tunnels or as part of tunnelling construction
activity reference should be made to BS 6164 Code of Practice for Health and Safety in
Tunnelling in the Construction Industry that gives advice on the appropriate safety
requirements.
5.1.10 Excavations
Where drilling takes place in an excavation, the following steps should be carried out to
reduce risk to personnel and the public.
5.1.10.1 Where trial pits are to be dug prior to the drilling operation, they should be dug in
accordance with the steps laid out in section 7.5.2 of this manual.
5.1.10.2 Steps must be taken to ensure that excavations do not collapse accidentally and to
prevent any person from being buried, trapped or injured by falling material. The
sides of an excavation where persons are expected to enter are suitably battered or
support before entry is permitted. A competent person must carry out excavation
work.
5.1.10.3 The installation or dismantling of any support for an excavation may be carried out
only under the supervision of a competent person.
5.1.10.4 Steps must be taken to prevent persons, animals, vehicles, plant, equipment, earth or
other materials from falling into the excavation. During darkness the edges of the
excavation should be marked with lights especially if near to public thoroughfares.
When drilling in an excavation personnel are exposed to possible falling objects and
attention must be paid to this hazard.

5.1.10.5 Materials, vehicles, plant and equipment must not be placed or moved near
excavations where they are likely to cause the excavations to collapse (surcharge or
vibration effects) or cause exhaust fumes to flow into the excavation.
5.1.10.6 Ground disturbance and/or excavation work must not be carried out unless steps
have been taken to identify underground services to prevent risk of injury from
them. Reference should be made to section 5.2 of this manual.
5.1.10.7 A competent person must inspect excavations at the times indicated below and the
results recorded.
• Before the start of every shift
• After any event likely to have affected its strength or stability
• After a fall of rock, earth or other material
5.1.10.8 Excavations must be kept clear of suffocating, toxic or explosive gases. For the
purpose of these hazards an excavation may be considered as a confined space. It is
not practical to specify a depth but consideration must be given where a persons
head will be below ground level e.g. if they require to kneel or bend down to work.
Tests for gas should be carried out before work commences and as the work
progresses.
5.1.10.9 Means of safe access and egress must be provided and the Confined Spaces
Regulations must be complied with. See section 5.1.8 of this manual.
5.2 Safety Requirements – Overhead and Underground Services
5.2.1 Electric Cables – Overhead Lines
5.2.1.1 Before any site work commences, all practicable steps should be taken to prevent
danger to persons from live electric cables or apparatus, preferably by rendering
them electrically safe by isolating the service.
Precautions to be taken when working in the vicinity of overhead power lines are
given in HSE guidance document GS6 which should be referred to before starting
work.
5.2.1.2 Drill rigs or mobile equipment should not work or be sited within 7 metres of the
conductor of a power line or within one and a half times the height of the drill rig
whichever is the greater distance.
5.2.1.3 The relevant electricity supply authority should be consulted if work is to take place
within 16 metres of overhead lines on steel towers, or 9 metres of overhead lines on
wood, concrete or steel poles. All distances should be measured at ground level
from a position vertically under the outermost conductor.
5.2.1.4 Material should not be deposited within 7 metres of any conductor of an overhead
power line. Spillage or movement of the material should not be allowed to reduce
the clearance between the lowest conductor and the ground to less than 7 metres or
within one and a half times the height of the drill rig whichever is the greatest
distance.
5.2.1.5 Drill rigs and mobile equipment should have any appendages, such as masts,
retracted to a safe position before passing underneath electric power lines. Passing

must be at designated and correctly constructed and marked crossing places. Safety
goalposts should be erected at both sides of the crossing place and notices should be
displayed indicating the maximum vehicle height at such crossing places.
5.2.1.6 Suitable warning notices should be displayed in the cabs of machines working in the
vicinity of overhead power lines.
5.2.1.7 Drill rigs, mobile plant or vehicles must not pass under stay wires associated with
overhead power lines.
5.2.1.8 When using platforms or handling long items such as scaffold poles, piping, drill
rods, ladders etc. care must be taken to ensure that they are kept at a safe distance
from overhead power lines. It must be taken into account that electricity can “arc”
across a gap.
5.2.1.9 Personnel should not approach or touch any broken or fallen conductors or any plant
in contact with an overhead line before conditions are deemed safe by the electricity
authority.
5.2.1.10 Where specific work has to take place beneath overhead electric cables then these
cables may need to be isolated and a Permit to Work system operated. Specialist
advice must be obtained from the electricity supply authority before work of this
nature is carried out.
5.2.1.11 In certain situations, capacitated or induced AC voltages can be created in fences

and pipelines which run parallel to overhead cables which carry a voltage of more
than 30 kv. Specialist advice should be obtained from the electricity supply
authority before commencing work in these circumstances.
5.2.1.12 Ensure that all necessary warning notices are clearly displayed on site.
5.2.1.13 Remember that materials ejected from boreholes can drift towards electric power
lines and conduct electricity towards the rig.
5.2.2 Location of and Working Near Buried Services - General
As a general rule drilling contractors are not there to locate buried underground services but
to avoid them. Underground utility plans only give approximate positions of their
underground apparatus and on numerous occasions services have been encountered several
meters from their recorded position. Underground services do not necessarily go in straight
lines.
NOTE: Under no circumstances should ground intrusive works commence with out up to date
underground service drawings being available on site. These drawings must be consulted
when setting out investigation positions. This is the responsibility of the client’s designer.
5.2.2.1 All underground utilities, particularly electricity, water, oil, gas, telephone and fibre
optic cables are potentially hazardous. Damage to electricity cables can cause a
dangerous flash leading to severe burns or even death. Gas and oil leaks can cause
explosion or fire and all effects can travel a long way underground. Damaging
telecommunication cables can prevent communication with emergency services.
Guidance on the location of underground services can be found in HSE guidance
notes HSG47 “Avoiding Danger from Underground Services” and PAS128
“Specification for underground utility detection, verification and location” has been
produced by BSI in collaboration with ICE. The BDA was involved in commenting

on this document. However this publication applies to utilities buried no more than
3m deep. Underground utilities also include tunnels, underground sewers, high
pressure water pipes and telecommunication cables.
5.2.2.2. Before work commences permission to drill may be required from utility companies
with services on site. Up to date underground service plans covering the area must
always be obtained from the utility companies as part of the design process. It
should be noted that service connections from a main service to a building or street
light may not be shown on the drawings. It may be a requirement to have
representatives from the utility companies to visit the site and confirm the location
of any buried services in relation to the proposed drilling position. They may advise
of exclusion zones where drilling or excavation works may not be permitted. These
restrictions are for the safety of their utilities and the safety of the drilling
operatives.
5.2.2.3 Before drilling commences, the location of any buried services must be traced by
the use of specialist equipment such as C.A.T. (cable avoiding tool), GPR (ground
penetrating radar) or other such devices in conjunction with the up to date
underground service drawings. Such locating equipment must be operated and
interpreted by a qualified operator. All such specialist equipment has its’ limitations
and guidance is given in PAS128 on which equipment should be considered. Whilst
locating is being carried out, a watch should be kept for signs of other unmarked
services. i.e. meters or inspection covers, manhole covers, markers hydrants etc.
5.2.2.4 When the proposed drilling position is within 0.5 metres of a service, the service
should be exposed by hand digging. Extreme care must be taken during this
operation. At this stage consideration may be given to moving the borehole to
another position if permitted/approved by the designer. The owner of the
underground service must be consulted before ground intrusive work commences.
5.2.2.5 Mark the position and depth of the underground service when located using a
temporary waterproof marking on the ground or by using non-conductive pegs in
soft ground.
5.2.2.6 If, during the drilling, an unexpected service is discovered, the driller shall stop
work in the area of the service until he has written confirmation that the service is
rendered safe and work may proceed or alternately move the position of the
borehole with the agreement of the client or their designer.
5.2.2.7 Most supply authorities provide ground marks identifying services for their own use
and the presence of these and the information they carry can assist in establishing
the position and depth of the service. Water stopcocks and inspection chambers
indicate the presence and direction of the pipes. Water main markers show the size
of the main and the distance from the marker. Telephone cables run in ducts
between inspection chambers and usually, but not always, run in a straight line.
Tiles or other types of marking strip sometimes protect electric cables.
5.2.2.8 In recent years it has become more common for services to be laid in a common
user trench. The spacing and depth relationship between the various services in this
arrangement are generally as follows. In general, communications services i.e.
telephone, telex, radio and TV are nearest the surface at approximately 360mm.,
followed by gas and low voltage electricity, and with water and high voltage
electricity the deepest at a minimum of 900mm.
The former Central Electricity Generating Board laid cables to the following depths
of cover and it must be stressed that these figures are given as guidelines only.

In footways 750mm (30")
In roadways 900mm (36")
In unmade ground 900mm (36")
Under railways 1350mm (54")
5.2.3 Electric Cables – Underground
5.2.3.1 Once an underground cable has been located and the position and depth marked as
in 5.2.2.5, all personnel working on the drilling site must be made aware of the
location and of the necessary safety measures to be taken.
5.2.3.2 If excavations are to be carried out in the vicinity of buried cables then confirmation
of the exact location should be verified by careful hand digging. Extreme care must
be taken not to cause damage the cable.
5.2.3.3 Excavations must be shored or stabilised in order to prevent collapse. Reference

should be made to HSE guidance notes regarding work in excavations HSG185
Health and Safety in Excavations. This publication does not appear on HSE’s web
site and may have been withdrawn but still has useful guidance.
5.2.3.4
Any exposed cables should be clearly marked and protected from possible damage,
water ingress or loss of support. Should a cable be damaged, the appropriate
electrical authority should be informed, warning notices posted and all personnel
kept away at a safe distance.
NOTE: The damage may have tripped a safety cut-off device at the substation and if the
utility authority hasn’t been informed of the damage they may try to re-energise the
cable several times causing further explosions. It is therefore important to inform the
utility authority immediately of any damage to their cables.
5.2.3.5 All back filling of excavations must be carried out in accordance with accepted best
practice.
5.2.3.6 Where conventional drilling or horizontal directional drilling is to be carried out in

urban areas where there are numerous underground services present additional
safety precautions may be required. These safety measures, including electrical
strike protection are included in safety recommendations IGEM/SR/28 published by
the IGEM (Refer to Appendix B for full details) Reference should be made to
section 9.8 of this manual specifically for horizontal directional drilling.
5.2.4 Gas or Oil Pipelines
5.2.4.1 Permission must be obtained from the relevant supply authority before carrying out
any drilling operations within 3 metres of gas or oil pipelines.
5.2.4.2 In the event of permission being granted:-
• Refer to 5.2.2.3 and 5.2.2.4.

• All excavations within 3 metres of gas or oil pipelines should be carried out
manually and no mechanical means employed
• No building or structure should be erected within 3 metres of a pipeline

• No mobile equipment should stand, operate or travel within 3 metres of a
pipeline and pipelines should only be crossed at designated and suitably
prepared places
5.2.4.3 In the event of a gas strike the following measures should be implemented
immediately:-
• All machinery including the drill, pumps, compressors etc. must be stopped.
• Any electrical supplies isolated.
• Fires and cigarettes extinguished.
• Personnel should then leave the site and move to a safe position.
• The gas utility must be notified.
• The fire service and police should be informed.
5.2.2.4 Emergency arrangements should be developed and included in induction and on the
job training for all personnel.

SECTION 6
HEALTH AND ENVIRONMENTAL SAFETY ASPECTS
6.0 INTRODUCTION
Whilst the safety of workers and third parties from physical injury is generally considered to
be of paramount importance, occupational health and the need to protect the environment
from harm are also very important issues that tend to be overlooked particularly at the job
planning stage. All too often these matters are not considered until problems manifest
themselves and this is often when irreversible damage has already occurred.
Health risks include:
• Exposure to harmful materials used in the drilling process

• Exposure to harmful material (contamination) encountered or released during the
drilling process
• Ergonomic factors resulting from the construction or drilling process e.g. noise,
vibration, manual handling etc.
• Exposure to harmful plants such as the sap from Giant Hogweed
• Contact with animals, both domestic and wild e.g. farm animals, snakes
• Contact or exposure to animal and human waste e.g. slurry spray, effluent, guano
accumulation etc
Environmental risks include:

• Arisings entering drains and watercourses,
• Disturbance of wildlife in its natural habitat eg nesting birds, badger setts, rare plants,
bat colonies etc.,
• Drilling materials and substances accessible to animals and livestock e.g. bentonite
pellets, rod grease,
• Spillage of fuel, oils, hydraulic fluids, additives and other chemical solutions
It is important therefore that health and environmental hazards are considered before work on
site begins such that risks can be eliminated or suitable controls put in place in much the same
way as other risks to safety.
Current legislation in relation to Occupational Health in Construction is included in Appendix

F of this manual. Legislation concerning the environment falls under the Control of Pollution
Act the salient points of which are outlined later in this section.
Control measures for occupational health and environmental risks should be implemented on
the basis of the following hierarchy:
• ELIMINATE the risk by selecting an alternative substance or process

• REDUCE the risk by selecting less hazardous materials or equipment
• CONTROL residual risks at source – for example by providing sound insulation on
noisy equipment
• Provide INSTRUCTION, TRAINING and SUPERVISION
• Provide appropriate PPE.
NOTE: - Adequate instruction and training should always be provided whatever level of
control is adopted.

6.1 NOISE
The Problem
Loud noise at work or during social life can damage your hearing. Damage mostly happens
gradually and it may only be when the damage caused by noise combines with hearing loss
due to ageing that people realise how impaired their hearing has become.
Noise can cause hearing damage that is permanent and disabling. This can be gradual, from
exposure to loud noise over time, but damage can also be caused by sudden, extremely loud,
noises. Workers in the land drilling industry are more likely to be affected by prolonged
exposure to loud noise rather than the latter. Exposure to loud noise of any sort, be it at work
or through leisure pursuits, is potentially harmful and is likely to affect such things as being
able to understand speech, keep up with conversations or use the telephone.
Hearing loss is not the only problem. Workers can develop tinnitus (ringing, whistling,
buzzing or humming in the ears). This is a distressing condition that can lead to disturbed
sleep, bouts of anxiety and depression.
Noise at work will interfere with communication between fellow workers and make warnings
harder to hear. It can also reduce a person’s awareness of his or her surroundings thereby
increasing risk of injury or death. It is important therefore for workers and managers to be
aware of the risks posed by loud noise and to ensure that suitable precautions are taken.
Possible Solutions
There are many practical and cost-effective ways to control noise at drilling locations such as:
• using quieter equipment or a different, quieter process

• introducing engineering/technical controls to reduce the noise at source
• using screens, barriers, enclosures and absorbent materials to reduce the noise on its
path to the people exposed
• limiting the time people spend in noisy areas.
• The last resort for preventing harm to a worker’s hearing is the provision of hearing
protectors.
The above can be considered as a hierarchy for compliance with the law.
The Law
The Control of Noise at Work Regulations sets out requirements to ensure that workers'
hearing is protected from excessive noise that could cause damage to lose their ability to hear
properly and/or to suffer from tinnitus (permanent ringing in the ears). Essentially these
requirements require every employer to make noise assessments to identify people at risk and
to organise and put in place suitable controls.
Carrying out a Noise assessment
The aim of a noise risk assessment is to help decide what needs to be done to ensure the
health and safety of those who are exposed to noise.
A simple and straightforward initial noise assessment would be to consider the answers to
the following questions:
• Do you have to use raised voices to carry out a normal conversation when 2 metres
(about 2 arms lengths) apart for at least part of the day?

• Do you work in a noisy industry, e.g. site investigation?
• Do you use noisy powered tools or machinery for over half an hour a day?
• Does your workplace involve impact noises such as hammering, pneumatic tools,
clanging of steel on steel etc or explosive sources such as cartridge-operated tools?
• Is the noise intrusive - like a busy street, a vacuum cleaner or a crowded restaurant -
for most of the working day?
• Do you have muffled hearing at the end of the day, even if it is better by the next
morning?
If the answer to any of the above is YES, then the following action is necessary:
• Identify who is affected;

• Ascertain exposure levels, and compare these with the exposure action values and
limit values as stated in the Regulations;
• Identify what you need to do to comply with the law, e.g. whether noise-control
measures or hearing protection are needed, and, if so, where and what type;
• Identify any employees who should be provided with health surveillance and whether
any are particularly vulnerable.
At this stage it will be necessary to introduce noise-measuring equipment and used by

someone who is competent to carry out the task and interpret the results. The findings,
together with a corrective action plan, must be kept on record by the employer as evidence of
the assessment having been carried out.
Examples of typical noise levels:

Sound Level Sound Source
dB(A)
140 Jet aircraft on take off 20m away
130 Riveting hammer
120 Helicopter
110 Chainsaw
100 Metal fabrication workshop
90 Large goods vehicle
85 Ear protection must be supplied and worn Hearing is damaged at this level.
by employees. Training and advice on the
necessity to use them.
80 Ear protection to be provided with training Busy main road traffic
and advice on need to protect hearing.
70 Loud Hi-Fi
60 Normal conversation
50 Quiet office
40 Background music
30 Quiet library
20 Back ground in quiet house
0 Threshold of hearing
Exposure Limit Values And Action Values
Lower Exposure Action Values.

The level at which employers must assess the risk to workers' health and provide them with
information and training is 80 decibels (135 dB for impact noise -130dB is widely recognised
as the threshold of pain). This is when the test “Do you have to use raised voices to carry out

a normal conversation when about 2 metres apart for at least part of the day?” is relevant.
Answering YES to the test is indicative of noise levels being above 80 decibels.
These noise levels are known in the regulations as “The Lower Exposure Action Values”.
Upper Exposure Action Value

The level at which employers must provide hearing protection and hearing protection zones is
85 decibels, daily or weekly average exposure. (137 dB for impact noise). This is known in
the regulations as “The Upper Exposure Action Value”.
Exposure Limit Value

An “Exposure Limit Value” of 87 decibels (140 dB for impact noise) is the level of noise,
taking account of any reduction in exposure provided by hearing protection, above which
workers must not be exposed. In other words whatever hearing protection is provided, it must
be effective in reducing the noise reaching the ear drum to less than 87 decibels (140 dB(C).
NOTE: 3 dB change in noise level has the effect of doubling the noise level.
The corrective action plan
The noise assessment should provide information to set up a corrective action plan. This will
define the measures necessary to control or reduce noise levels below the action thresholds
and should specify the appropriate hearing protectors that are needed.
Noise control at source, or by barriers, enclosures, silencers etc. is considered more beneficial
than the provision of personal ear protection alone, and must be implemented so far as is
reasonably practicable where the Upper Exposure Action Value is exceeded (albeit that
personal protection may still be a necessity.
Ear protection zones must be clearly identified where personnel are likely to be exposed to
noise at, or above, the second action level (SAL). The provision and use of hearing protection
is mandatory within such zones.
HSE guidance notes L108 Noise at Work Regulations, HSG170 Sound Solutions and
HSG182 Sound Solutions Offshore will provide additional information to help decide
appropriate control measures.
Information regarding noise reduction by design and the methodology for carrying out noise
tests for drill rigs is contained in BS EN 16228-2 Mobile Drill Rigs for Civil and
Geotechnical Engineering, Quarrying and Mining.
Other factors for consideration when drawing up the Corrective Action Plan may include the
following:
1. The employer must provide information on risk to hearing, steps to reduce the risk,
steps to be taken to obtain hearing protection and employees’ obligations under the
regulations wherever employees are likely to be exposed to noise at or above the
Lower Exposure Action Value.
2. Where noise inhibits normal verbal communication, particularly where hearing
protectors are being worn, a clear set of signals must be used and understood by all
workers.
3. Personal hearing protection must be comfortable to wear and be compatible with the
work requirements and other protective equipment being worn.
4. Reusable hearing protection must be properly maintained and stored when not in use.
5. Where disposable hearing protection such as ear plugs are used, an adequate supply
must be readily available and, importantly, workers trained in the correct fitting
procedure including hygiene requirements.

6. Where prolonged exposure to excessive noise is unavoidable, work should be planned
to give operatives adequate rest breaks away from the noisy environment.
7. Consider whether or not a health surveillance programme should be introduced.
Types of Hearing Protectors
There are two main forms of hearing protection – objects placed inside the ear canal to
impede the passage of sound energy (ear plugs), and objects placed around the outer ear to
restrict access to sound energy to any part of the inner, middle or outer ear (ear muffs).
Neither of these forms of protection will prevent all sound energy from reaching the ear drum.
Ear Plugs
Ear plugs fit into the ear canal. They are made from a variety of materials such as glass
down, polyurethane foam, silicone or rubber. Some types are re-usable, whilst some are
intended to be discarded at the end of each shift. Both types can present hygiene problems
unless great care is taken to keep them clean. Also unless they are a good fit they will not be
effective. Even though some plugs are available in different sizes, it is prudent to have a
qualified person advise individuals on the correct size. Ear plugs lose their ability to attenuate
sufficient sound energy at levels above 105 dB(A) and therefore beyond this level expert
advice should be sought.
Conventional ear plugs have to be rolled up and placed into the ear canal using the fingers.
Without proper controls the use of ear plugs could introduce contamination into the ear canal
resulting in poisoning of the ear (ototoxicity). For this reason their use on site may not be a
wise choice, especially those sites classed as contaminated.
Ear Muffs
Earmuffs consist of rigid cups that fit over the ears and are held in place by a headband. The
cups generally have acoustic seals of polyurethane foam or a liquid-filled annular bag to
obtain a snug fit. Whilst cleanliness remains important it is no so critical as with ear plugs as
there is no intrusion of the ear canal. However their effectiveness can be compromised if
helmet straps, spectacle arms, eye protection straps or anything else protrudes under or past
the annular seals.
Semi-aural Inserts
There are modern alternatives, which bridge the gap between traditional earplugs and
earmuffs and these are semi-aural ear inserts (see Photograph). They are mushroom-shaped
earplugs, which do not need to be compressed and which have a small plastic stub handle that
enables them to be handled with dirty fingers.
Semi-aural ear inserts are also a good choice as they can be easily removed and replaced in
dirty environments and are also far less bulky than earmuffs.
Where workers need to hear each other talking in noisy work areas, ear muffs or ear plugs
which have been designed to make the speech frequencies more audible are available.
It is important to ensure that whatever device is selected, it will provide the necessary degree
of protection. This is always going to be the most important consideration, so a competent
person must properly check it out.

6.2 VIBRATION
Exposure of personnel to vibration whether it be whole body or hand–arm resulting from the
use of machinery or tools can give rise to a significant risk of injury to health.
Whole-body vibration exposure.

Exposure to whole-body vibration (WBV) can be most unpleasant and give rise to extreme
discomfort, degraded vision, tissue damage and result in reduced performance. All parts of
the body can be damaged by exposure to sufficient magnitude of vibration
Hand-arm vibration exposure.

Vibration is transmitted to the hands and arms of drill rig crews when operating vibrating
tools, vibrating machinery or vibrating workstations. Personnel who regularly use tools or
machinery with a high level of vibration resulting in a high level of exposure can suffer from
several types of injury to the hand or arm such as finger blanching, numbness and tingling
sensations. These are collectively known as hand-arm vibration syndrome (HAVS). Included
in HAVS is a reportable injury referred to as vibration White-finger (VWF). Vibration white-
finger is a reportable injury under the Reporting of Injuries, Diseases and Dangerous
Occurrences Regulations (RIDDOR).
Legal requirements
The Control of Vibration at Work Regulations implemented the Physical Agents (Vibration)
Directive and introduced action levels at which employers are required to:
a) make a suitable and sufficient assessment of the vibration risk to employees;

b) determine if employees are likely to be exposed above the daily exposure action
value (EAV) and if they are:
• to introduce a programme of controls to eliminate risk, or reduce
exposure to as low a level as is reasonably practicable;
• to provide health surveillance (regular health checks) to those
employees who continue to be regularly exposed above the action
value or otherwise continue to be at risk;
c) determine if employees are likely to be exposed above the daily exposure limit
value (ELV) and if they are to take immediate action to reduce their exposure
below the limit value;
d) provide information and training to employees on health risks and the actions that
are taken to control those risks;
e) consult with trade union safety representatives or employee representatives on
proposals to control risk and to provide health surveillance;
f) keep a record of risk assessment and control actions;
g) keep health records for employees under health surveillance;
h) review and update the risk assessment regularly.
The EAV is a daily amount of vibration exposure above which employers are
required to take action to control exposure. The greater the exposure level, the greater
the risk. For hand-arm vibration the EAV is a daily exposure of 2.5 m/s2 A(8). (A(8)
being the average over 8 hours).
The ELV is the maximum amount of vibration an employee may be exposed to on

any single day. For hand-arm vibration the ELV is a daily exposure of 5 m/s2 A(8).

Practical Guidance
Tool selection can make a substantial difference to the vibration level.
Employers should demonstrate a sound procurement policy for power tools and hand-guided
machines, showing they have considered the following:
• there is no reasonably practicable alternative method with no (or less) vibration

exposure
• equipment is generally suitable for the job (safety, size, power, efficiency,
ergonomics, cost, user acceptability, etc.)
• use of vibration reduced designed tools (e.g. breakers with handle suspension)
• obtaining Information on likely vibration emission in use (e.g. from manufacturer,
hire company, databases) and selection of the best product
Other control measures to be considered are:
• Ensuring operator training and regular monitoring to ensure correct operation

• Restricting exposure time (“finger-on-trigger” time) to bring exposures below the
ELV, even after all reasonably practicable measures to reduce vibration levels are in
place.
• Maximum times can be determined using the exposure points system or supplier’s
“traffic lights” tool categories, but these should be derived from sound “real use”
vibration emission values.
NOTE: A typical question is to ask “How long can we use this tool?” The exposure must be
reduced to the lowest level that is reasonably practicable (Reg 6(2)), so the ELV should not be
used as a target, if a lower exposure is reasonably practicable.
Information, instruction and training
Employees at risk from vibration should be given information on:
• the risks from HAV and how to help reduce them (see above)
• arrangements for health surveillance and their duty to cooperate.
Look for evidence that tools are being used correctly, as recommended by the manufacturer.
This may require operators to receive specified training – are operators and their supervisors
aware of the need? In particular, breakers with suspended (sprung) handles designed to absorb
vibration must be used correctly, and with appropriate force, or the potential reduction in
vibration will not be achieved.
Health surveillance
Should be implemented where the EAV is likely to be exceeded. Good practice would be, as a
minimum:
• the use of a periodic health screening questionnaire – ideally annually and for all new
employees
• arrangements being in place for the referral of relevant cases to an occupational health
provider with HAVS expertise for diagnosis and ongoing monitoring
• arrangements being in place to act on medical advice on the management of affected
employees
• ensure that cases of HAVS are reported under RIDDOR

• encouragement of all employees to report (anonymously if necessary) concerns over
HAVS.
Short-term employment within the construction industry presents difficulties for managing
health surveillance therefore cooperation between different employers should be encouraged.
6.3 CONTROL OF SUBSTANCES HAZARDOUS TO HEALTH (COSHH)
Introduction
COSHH covers substances that are hazardous to health. Substances can take many forms and
include:
• chemicals
• products containing chemicals
• fumes
• dusts
• vapours
• mists
• sap from some plants
• toxic and/or asphyxiating gases
• biological agents (germs). If the packaging has any of the hazard symbols then it is
classed as a hazardous substance.
• germs that cause diseases such as leptospirosis or legionnaires disease and germs used
in laboratories
COSHH does not cover lead, asbestos or radioactive substances. These have their own special
regulations.
The COSHH Regulations require that, whether you are an employer, contractor, sub-
contractor or self-employed, you protect persons who may be exposed to health risks arising
from hazardous substances that are used in the workplace. The first task is to identify what
substances will be used on a project. Secondly consideration should be given to what might
already be in the ground that could be hazardous to health e.g. known contaminated land. The
person commissioning a site survey has a duty to carry out a “desk study” to ascertain the
history of the site, its previous uses etc. This study will often give clues as to what hazards
can be expected.
Grouts, soil modifiers, cement, flushing additives, oils and lubricants, fuels are examples of
the substances introduced onto the drilling site which may be hazardous to health in varying
degrees. The purpose of the COSHH assessment is to identify these, assess the risk they pose
and to determine what action is necessary to use them safely, or indeed, if a safer alternative
could be provided. Manufacturers and supplies of substances (products) are duty bound to
make available a Material Safety Data Sheet for each product and ensure that appropriate
warnings are marked on packaging. It is recommended that contractors compile a list of all
substances that will be used (or expected may be found) on a given project against which they
can check that COSHH has been considered.
Designers have duties under The Construction (Design and Management) Regulations to
control risks as part of the design process. Designers of schemes should therefore be aware of
any health and safety issues relating to the materials they specify directly or indirectly.

A summary of COSHH requirements is listed below: -
1) Assess the risks to employee’s health from hazardous substances used in or created
by workplace activities.
2) Consider the risks and necessary precautions before starting work which could expose
employees to hazardous substances.
3) Prevent employees being exposed to hazardous substances, where this is not

reasonably practicable control the exposure.
4) Ensure that control measures are correctly used and maintained.
5) Monitor the exposure of employees.
6) Carry out appropriate health surveillance where assessments have shown this to be
necessary or where COSHH sets specific requirements.
7) Where necessary prepare plans and procedures to deal with accidents, incidents or
emergencies involving hazardous substances.
8) Provide all relevant employees with suitable and sufficient information, instruction
and training.
Most substances or chemicals are assigned a Workplace Exposure Limit (WEL). A list of
WELs, approved by HSE, is published in EH40 annually: Workplace Exposure Limits.
Substances commonly used in the drilling industry will fall into this category but may be part
of a product. Material safety data sheets will state if a product contains substances for which
there is a WEL and it is therefore important, particularly when introducing a new product into
the workplace to examine the material safety data sheet before use.
COSHH Risk Assessment and Control
COSHH require employers to identify hazards, assess risk and put in place suitable controls in
much the same way as risk assessments required under the Management of Health and Safety
At Work Regulations. A COSHH assessment should consider routes of exposure i.e.
inhalation, ingestion and skin contact.
• Inhalation – the hazardous substance may cause damage directly to the respiratory
tract or the lungs. Inhalation also allows substances to enter the bloodstream via the
lungs thus affecting other parts of the body.
• Ingestion – accidental ingestion of hazardous substances is always possible,
particularly if containers are not correctly labelled. Eating, drinking and smoking in
the workplace introduce the risk of inadvertently ingesting small quantities of
hazardous substances.
• The skin – substances can damage the skin (or eyes) through their corrosive or irritant
effects. Some solvents can enter the body by absorption through the skin. Damage is
more likely when there are cracks or cuts in the skin.
Materials that are hazardous may result in acute reaction i.e. the effect occurs quickly, or it
may result in a chronic condition that may take years to develop.

The risk control strategy should adopt the following hierarchy of measures to control the risk:
• Avoid the risk – eliminate the material altogether or substitute it with one affording a
lower risk
• Evaluate risks which cannot be avoided
• Combat risks at source
• Provide safe systems of work, personal protective equipment (PPE), information and
training to minimise risks
Materials used in the Drilling Process
Attention is drawn to the following materials that are commonly used in the drilling operation
and in maintenance of drill rigs and ancillary equipment which may cause a health risk to
personnel. This list is non-exhaustive but COSHH assessments should be carried regarding all
materials used and the relevant Safety Data sheets made available to personnel concerned and
appropriate controls put in place.
Fuel – petrol and diesel Coolants and anti-freeze agents

Battery acid Corrosion inhibitors
Lubricating oils and greases Hydraulic fluids
Rod grease Pipe joint compound
Acetylene and propane Bleach and hand cleaner
Paint Aerosols
Flushing media additives and Soil conditioners
Refer to Table 2 in Appendix F for further details regarding these items
The following points should be observed and will assist in reducing risk to personnel and
others.
• All available information should be obtained from the supplier of the material or
substances and special precautions relating to specific products given in specific
written assessments - MSDS
• Do not use or store hazardous materials in areas where food is prepared or consumed
• Facilities for the washing and cleansing of the skin must be available together with
the necessary cleansers and barrier creams
• Clean all spillages immediately and dispose of the waste in the correct and safe
manner
• Ensure that only authorised personnel handle hazardous materials and that the correct
equipment for handling the product is available
• If any person handling the materials shows the symptoms that may have been caused
by exposure to hazardous products, they should be removed from the area and
medical advice sought without delay
• Measures must be taken to keep others, members of the public and especially
children, away from areas where harmful substances are present or being used
• Care must be taken when using materials that are in powder form. Due to the fine
texture of powder, eye protection and respirators should be worn when handling
large quantities

6.3. Reference Documents
• Chemicals (Hazard Information and Packaging for Supply) Regulations (commonly
known as ‘CHIP’) (due to be replaced by European CLP Regulations on the 1 June
2015);
• Control of Asbestos at Work Regulations ;
• Control of Lead at Work Regulations
• Control of Major Accident Hazards Regulations (known as ‘COMAH’);
• Dangerous Substances and Explosive Atmospheres Regulations (known as ‘DSEAR’)
• Dangerous Substances (Notification and Marking of Sites) Regulations;
• Ionising Radiations Regulations.
6.4 DUST CONTROL MEASURES
Dust of any kind, when present at a concentration in air equal or greater to 10 mg/m3
(inhalable dust) or 4 mg/m3 (respirable dust) as a time weighted average over an 8-hour
period also falls under the COSHH Regulations. Where crystalline silica is suspected then air
mist, foam or water flush will be required to prevent this hazardous dust becoming airborne.
Drilling operations using compressed air as the flushing medium, will cause returning cuttings
to be ejected into the air. Not only do these ejected cuttings present a risk of physical injury
but also inhalable dust will be generated presenting both a health and environmental hazard.
The following is an extract from BS EN 16228 Mobile Drill Rigs for Civil and Geotechnical
Engineering, Quarrying and Mining relating to Dust Suppression.
Dust Suppression (BS EN 16228-1)

Drilling and foundation equipment, which during the work process produces dust of any kind,
shall be equipped with a device that provides the handling of dust, securing a significant
reduction of dust emissions. The device shall be able to handle all working conditions and
applications as specified by the manufacturer.
Considering the content of the above paragraph, this section of this manual outlines
suggestions to reduce the risk to personnel using the drill rig.
Operational Risks.
The following examples illustrate how risks arise to operating personnel from dust:-
• The presence of dust in the atmosphere

• Inefficient water/foam injection system
• Ineffective directing of dust and cuttings away from the borehole area
• Defective dust collection system (if fitted)
• Personnel not trained to recognise the hazards emanating from poor dust control
• Correct PPE not available (dust masks, eye protection, gloves etc.)
• Drill crew not using the PPE provided or using it in the correct manner
• Poor personal hygiene
• Lack of warning signs around drill site
• Air quality at workplace not monitored
Recommendations for reducing health hazards due to dust.
Contractors should establish a formal dust control strategy that will identify problem areas
and encourage actions to eliminate or effectively control this particular hazard. Reference

should also be made to the COSHH Regulations a summary of which is contained in Section
6.3 of this manual.
• Plan for eliminating dust exposure on drill site

• Develop operating procedures that minimise the escape of dust to the workplace or
reduce dust generation
• Use a dust suppression method, i.e. water/foam injection, use of dust collectors or
dust deflection system at borehole
• Monitor dust levels in the atmosphere at drill site
• Ensure that the appropriate PPE is available on site and that all personnel have been
trained to use and wear it
• All personnel involved must be aware of the need to practice personal hygiene
• Appropriate warning signs must be correctly displayed concerning PPE.
All personnel involved in drilling activity must be made aware of the consequences of
exposure to dust and should be in a position to warn others of the dangers of exposure to dust.
They should not modify or damage any part of the plant and equipment, which may result in
an increase of dust in the workplace. Any defective plant or inadequate operating procedures
must be reported so that corrective action can be taken.
Silica and Asbestos Dusts

Before any drilling commences, an assessment should be made of the potential for exposing
drill crews to dust and atmospheric contaminants. Hazards such as asbestos and crystalline
silica present a high risk and therefore the use of compressed air as a flushing media should
be avoided if possible.
SILICA occurs as a natural component of many materials used or encountered in construction

activities. Crystalline silica is present in substantial quantities in sand, sandstone and granite,
and often forms a significant proportion of clay, shale and slate. It can also be found in chalk,
limestone and other rock and soil, though this is unusual. Products such as concrete and
mortar also contain crystalline silica.
The health hazards of silica come from breathing in the dust. Breathing in very fine dust of
crystalline silica can lead to the development of silicosis. This involves scarring of the lung
tissue and can lead to breathing difficulties. Exposure to very high concentrations over a
relatively short period of time can cause acute silicosis, resulting in rapidly progressive
breathlessness and death within a few months of onset.
More common is progressive silicosis, usually because of exposure over a longer period. This
causes fibrosis (hardening or scarring) of the lung tissue with a consequent loss of lung
function. Victims are likely to suffer severe shortness of breath and will find it difficult
Silica has been assigned a maximum exposure limit (MEL) of 0.1 mg/m3, expressed as an 8-
hour time weighted average (TWA). This is a very low level and means that a high level of
control will be necessary to maintain a safe level of exposure.
If silica dust cannot be eliminated, exposure must be controlled. In most cases it is feasible to
control respirable silica by dust suppression techniques or local exhaust ventilation. Exhaust
ventilated tools that remove the dust at source, and tools fitted with a water supply for dust
suppression, are widely available. Capturing or controlling the dust at source is nearly always
better than attempting to control exposure by ventilating the whole area.
ASBESTOS There are three main types of asbestos - chrysotile, amosite and crocidolite: they
are usually called white, brown and blue asbestos respectively. However they cannot be
identified just by their colour. Blue and brown asbestos (considered the two most dangerous

forms) have not been used in the UK construction industry for many years. However, they
may still be encountered e.g.:
• in stripping out old insulation from buildings;

• in the demolition and clearance of former industrial sites and premises, including
power stations;
• in fire doors and ceiling tiles and
• buried in the ground, legally and illegally
Asbestos-related diseases are currently responsible for about 3000 deaths a year in Britain.
There is usually a long delay between first exposure to asbestos and the onset of disease. This
can vary between 15 to 60 years. Disturbance of asbestos can release small fibres into the air.
Breathing in these fibres is harmful to health. Provided the asbestos remains intact, it does not
pose a risk to health.
Although the body will naturally eject the larger fibres that enter the nose and mouth, tiny
fibres can pass into the lower parts of the lung where they stay and in some cases penetrate
the lung lining. The body naturally passes asbestos fibres that ingested; and asbestos fibres
cannot be absorbed through your skin.
Breathing in asbestos fibres can eventually lead to a number of diseases. These include:
• asbestosis or fibrosis (scarring) of the lungs;

• lung cancer; and
• mesothelioma, a cancer of the inner lining of the chest wall or abdominal cavity.
In general terms land drilling operatives should not be expected to work where they would be
exposed to asbestos fibre other than where it is encountered during the course of borehole
drilling in the open air. If asbestos is known to be present for example inside a structure
where drilling work or other ground investigation is to take place, the asbestos should be
removed or protected by a specialist asbestos contractor ahead of the drilling works. Where
asbestos is thought to be present in the ground where drilling or pitting work has to be done,
the contractor should introduce the following measures:
• assess the likely expose in conjunction with the project designer using information
found from the desk study and unless intrusive investigation is for the purpose of
verifying the extent of ground contamination, minimise the extent of intrusive work.
• Establish a written method of work and that all operatives are fully briefed
• Ensure that a decontamination unit with washing/showering facility is on site before
work starts
• Ensure that a plentiful water supply is present to keep the ground damp throughout
the works
• Ensure supervision is present throughout
• Ensure that extracted material thought to contain asbestos is stored in such a manner
that is will not dry out so as to give rise to airborne fibres and is disposed of as special
waste on completion of the works..
• Ensure that protective overalls (disposable coveralls are recommended) are disposed
of at the end of the shift and boots are washed to remove any traces of asbestos that
might otherwise contaminate welfare facilities or vehicular transport.
• Ensure that appropriate respiratory protective equipment is provided and used.

6.5 CONTROL OF POLLUTION ACT
Under this Act (except in prescribed cases), a person shall not:
(a) deposit or cause or knowingly permit the deposit of controlled waste on any land;
(b) use or cause or knowingly permit the use of any plant or equipment for the purpose of
disposing of controlled waste, unless the land is occupied by a holder of a disposal licence.
Under the part of this act, which controls the entry of polluting matter into water, a person
shall be guilty of an offence if he causes or knowingly permits:
(a) any poisonous , noxious or polluting matter to enter any stream or controlled water or any
specified underground water (hereafter collectively known as "relevant waters"); or
(b) any matter to enter a stream so as to tend to impede the proper flow of the water of the
stream in a manner likely to lead to a substantial aggravation of pollution due to other causes
or of the consequences of such pollution; or
(c) any solid waste matter to enter a stream or controlled waters.
6.6 DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIAL
Where permitted, arisings from a borehole can be re-instated on completion and any surplus
clean excavated material left on site. However in the case of contaminated material, this may
have to be removed from site and must be done so in compliance with the requirements of the
Environmental Protection Act.
The following notes are a generalisation of the requirements and it is therefore important to
make enquiries locally to ensure regional compliance.
• Recycle suitable spoil arising from the works to avoid the need to transport waste off
site.
• Promote good practice awareness as part of health and safety induction / training for
workers.
• Segregate different types of waste as they are generated using different skips where
possible. Mixed waste is more costly to dispose of.
• All waste must be assigned a “Waste Classification Code” before it leaves the site
and this code will be entered on the “Waste Transfer Note”. In England and Wales the
List of Wastes Regulations provides this consistency, and in Scotland it is achieved
by direct reference to the European Waste Catalogue. The lists of codes can be found
on many Licensed Waste Carriers websites or directly from the Environment Agency.
• If on site there is a shortage of space and not enough room for multiple skips a
licensed waste management company may be able to recover recyclable materials
from mixed skips, although this will most likely cost more.
• Complete a waste transfer note before any waste leaves the site.
• Ensure all waste carriers have a valid Waste Carriers Registration Certificate.
• Ensure all wastes go to an appropriately licensed site. The “Duty of Care” extends to
all producers of waste to ensure that waste goes to an approved disposal site even if a
waste removal contractor is used. It is prudent therefore to ensure that only reputable
waste carriers are used.
• hazardous waste (substances such as chemicals, asbestos, contaminated soils etc)
requires advanced permission for disposal from the respective Environment Agency
Skips must not be placed on the public highway or roads without the permission of the
Highway/Roads Authority. When permission is granted and the skip placed on the highway
the owner must ensure that: -

• It is properly lit after dark
• It must be clearly marked with the owner’s name, telephone number or address
• Removed as soon as practicable after being filled
• Sited on firm level ground with safe access for loading/unloading
• Highly flammable, explosive, noxious or other hazardous materials should not
normally be allowed to be deposited in skips and this includes material that could
putrefy or cause nuisance to users of the highway
• Generally a lamp is required at each corner either on the ground or mounted on the
skip. A single skip on the highway should have an inclined line of cones on its
approach side(on a main traffic route)
6.7 CORROSIVE MATERIALS
Acids and alkalis are dangerous in that they can destroy normal clothing fabric and rapidly
affect the skin causing severe burns. Breathing of the fumes should be avoided as they are
asphyxiates and even in small quantities, can be injurious to membranes of the nose. When
diluting always add to water and not the reverse.
Personnel handling acids or alkalis must be supplied with protective clothing including hoods,
gloves, boots and eye protection.
When acid is in use no persons other than the operatives directly employed in the particular
operation should be allowed in the vicinity and all others should be kept at a safe distance.
A quantity of lime should be kept in the vicinity of the acid and used to neutralise any acid
spillage.
Pumps, lines and other equipment used to handle the acid must be washed out thoroughly
after completion of the operation utilising the acid. Waste products from this operation should
be disposed of correctly to protect the environment.
A check valve must be installed in the treating line as close to the wellhead as possible. Care
must be taken to ensure that all pressure lines and related connections are pressure tested
before operations commence.
The contents of carboys and other such acid containers must be clearly indicated by correct
labelling.
Carboys and other acid containers must always be handled with great care and, wherever
possible with the aid of some form of mechanical handling device. They should be well
secured to prevent movement and breakage when being transported. Any spillage of acid
must be washed off with water and/or neutralised with lime as soon as possible. A correctly
designed tilting device should be used when decanting acid from carboys.
When air pressure is used for transferring acid from a carboy to a tank or other vessel, the
carboy must be located on a correctly designed base set in a shallow sump or tray. This
should be large enough to contain the whole of the contents of the carboy. Precautions should
also be taken to prevent the spread of glass or acid in the event of breakage.
Smoking during acid handling operations is strictly prohibited and no naked lights or other
source of ignition allowed in the working vicinity. Notices to this effect must be prominently
displayed.

Fire extinguishers must be placed in accessible positions around the wellhead and other
locations using corrosive materials.
An adequate supply of flowing fresh water shall be available for washing acid from the eyes
or sluicing it from the skin or clothing. In the event of an accident with acid, first aid
treatment must be carried out immediately.
If the acidising operation is of a long term nature then consideration should be given to the
provision of shower facilities.
6.8 HEALTH SURVEILLANCE
Health surveillance allows for early identification of ill health and helps identify any
corrective action needed. Health surveillance may be required by law if your employees are
exposed to noise or vibration, solvents, fumes, dusts, biological agents and other substances
hazardous to health, or work in compressed air. The main legislation requiring health
surveillance is set out in Table 1 in Appendix F of this manual.
Notwithstanding any legal requirement for carrying out health surveillance, the advantages of
such schemes include:
• detecting ill-health effects at an early stage, so employers can investigate the cause
and introduce appropriate controls to prevent them getting worse and individuals are
encouraged to obtain appropriate medical treatment
• providing data to help employers evaluate health risks
• enabling employees to raise concerns about how work affects their health
• highlighting lapses in workplace control measures, therefore providing invaluable
feedback to the risk assessment
• providing an opportunity to reinforce training and education of employees (e.g. on the
impact of health effects and the use of protective equipment).

SECTION 7
SAFETY REQUIREMENTS – DRILL TYPE SPECIFIC
7.0 Introduction
HASWA places a duty on designers, manufacturers and suppliers of equipment for use at
work to ensure that, as far as reasonably practicable, the equipment has been designed and
constructed in such a way that it will be safe and without risk to health at all times when it is
being set up, used, cleaned or maintained. In order to assist in meeting this requirement all
drill rigs should be manufactured in accordance with the requirements of the Machinery
Directive and its supporting standards, in particular BS EN 16228. In addition all drill rods,
casings and core barrels used should comply with the dimensional and physical properties of
the appropriate National or International Standard where these exist e.g. for most drill rods,
casing and core barrels ISO 3551 – Parts 1&2.
Before setting up the rig a risk assessment of the drilling location (point of work risk
assessment carried out by the Lead Driller) shall be carried out. In addition hazards normally
associated with all the operational aspects the specific type of drill rig and in particular,
moving parts involved in the working process must be considered. Refer to section 7.1 of this
manual. The following additional hazards must also be taken into consideration and reference
should be made to the appropriate section of this manual where they are covered in detail.
• Access and egress from site, personnel and public etc. Section 5.0.5
• Possible overhead cables or underground services Section 5.2 1 & 2
• Ground contaminants etc. Section 5.1.1
• Rig Set up Section 5.0.5
• Excavations Section 5.1.10
7.1 Drill Rig Hazards
The following list of drill rig hazards has been extracted from BS EN 16228 Drilling &
Foundation Equipment – Safety Parts 1 - 7 and should be referred to when conducting any
risk assessment or when considering the safety requirements of any specific drill rig type.
The following list is not meant to be exhaustive and there may be other hazards which should
be identified in the risk assessment process.
7.1.1 Mechanical hazards

• Drawing in or trapping
• High-pressure fluid ejection
• Ejection of parts or materials
• Loss of stability
• Slip, trip or fall, crushing or tearing
7.1.2 Electrical hazards
• Electrical contact --- direct
• Electrical contact --- indirect
7.1.3 Thermal hazards
• Hot Surfaces
• Cold surfaces
7.1.4 Noise hazards
• From drill rig engine
• From drilling location
• From working process
7.1.5 Hazards generated by vibration
• From vibrating tools

7.1.6 Hazards to health generated by materials, substances and/or processes used or
exhausted
• Exhaust emissions
• Dust emissions
• Toxic materials
• Risk of fire from flammable materials
• Biologically hazardous materials
• Ejection of materials from augers
7.1.7 Hazards generated by neglecting ergonomic principles
• Incorrect use of equipment
• Incorrect use of controls
• Inadequate visibility
• Poor lighting
7.1.8 Hazards caused by failure of energy supply, breaking down of machinery and other
functional defects
• Failures of energy supply
• Failure of control systems
• Loss of rig stability
• Failure of brakes
• Failure of wire ropes, roller and leaf chains
7.1.9 Hazards caused by missing or incorrectly positioned safety related measures and
means
• All kinds of guards and interlocks
• Safety related devices
• Falling object protective structures (FOPS)
• Roll over protective structures (ROPS)
• Start and stop devices
• Safety signs and labels
• Emergency stops
• Operating manuals containing safety related information
• Moving parts involved in the working process
The preceding listing of hazards all require some form of action to remove or reduce the risk.
In addition to these it must be evident that hazards can occur during the operational modes of
the drill rig. These operational modes can be described as:-
• Transporting to and from drilling site
• Rigging and dismantling on drilling site
• Drilling and maintenance on drilling site
• Moving to and between positions on drilling site
• Out of service on drilling site
• Storage at plant depot or drilling site
7.1.10 Hazards related to operating modes of drill rig
• Drill rig tipping or sliding
• Leakage of fuel, oil, coolant, hydraulic oil etc.
• Accidental falling of drilling tools
• Ejection of material from auger and cleaning of auger
• Ejected cuttings and dust from borehole
• Loss of hydraulic or pneumatic power
• Electric shock or explosion, contact with :-
Overhead power line
Underground service line
Exposure to live parts of the equipment

• Mechanical failure or malfunction of components or equipment
• Unprotected moving parts of the equipment
• Exposure to hot or cold parts of the equipment
• Whipping of wire ropes and hoses
• Burst hoses, joint failure causing high-pressure fluid or gas leakage
• Excessive vibration transmitted to personnel
• Inadequately guarded accesses and positions
• Accesses and positions rendered slippery
• Exposure to excessive noise
• Deteriorated working environment:-
Due to weather (rain, ice, storm etc.)
Working ground (rain, ice, silt etc.)
• Uncontrolled slewing or moving of the rig
• Exposure to unhealthy concentrations of dust and toxic gases
• Risks during the erection and dismantling of masts and feed beams
• Fire
• Inadequate lighting
• Falls from elevated positions
• Exposure to battery electrolyte
• Explosion
• Moving parts involved in the working process:-
Adding and retrieving of drill rod or casing
Breaking of threaded connections in drill string
Handling of drilling components
Supervision of drilling operation
Changing of drilling tools
7.2 Protection of Persons from Rotating Drill Strings

(Reg 11 PUWER)
In accordance with Regulation 11 of PUWER, all transmission and dangerous moving parts
must be securely guarded. It also takes into account moving parts involved in the working
process such as the rotating drill string.
The drill string should be protected to prevent access to it whilst it is still rotating or, stop the
rotation before anyone can enter the danger zone. Protection needs to be proportioned to
prevent access taking into account the location and operating conditions of the rig. Where
guarding is the protective measure taken, the area to be guarded in relation to the rotating drill
string is from a point up to 0.5 metres maximum above ground level and extending to a point
2.0 metres above the ground level. If the operating position is elevated, then the guard should
extend from up to 0.5 metres to a point 2.0 metres above the level at which the operator is
standing.
Where access to the danger zone is required during the normal operation of the drill rig,
safeguards should be adopted from the following hierarchical order of priority.
7.2.1 Fixed guards. A fixed guard is one that cannot be removed without the use of
special tools. This type of guard must be used where practicable
7.2.2 Moveable guard with interlock. Where a fixed guard is impracticable, a moveable
guard should be used. The interlock should prevent the drill head turning whilst the
guard is open at other than low speed and torque sufficient to enable the rod
handling operation to be carried out safely. Closure of a moveable guard must not
initiate any dangerous function.

7.2.3 Adjustable guard. A fixed or moveable guard that is adjustable as a whole or
incorporates adjustable parts. The adjustable part remains fixed during the drilling
operation. The adjustable part should be interlocked as 7.2.2
7.2.4 Caged working area with interlocked access. As above, the interlock prevents the
drill head turning at other than low speed and low torque while anyone is in the
caged area.
7.2.5 Trip devices or safety stop bars. Trip devices (e.g. trip wire etc.) or safety stop bars
can be used where all of the above are impracticable.
7.2.6 Training and supervision will be necessary but cannot replace the above methods of
protection.
7.2.7 Appropriate outer clothing with no loose attachments must be worn by all personnel
involved in the drilling operation that will reduce the risk of entanglement.
Information on this subject may be obtained by reference to: - Guidance Notes for the
Protection of Persons From Rotating Parts and Ejected or Falling Material Involved in the
Drilling Process.
Refer to Appendix B for full details of this BDA publication.
BS EN16228 provides safety information on drilling rigs.
Additional information regarding this subject, particularly in respect to large piling rigs
involved in CFA Piling, Rotary Bored Piling, Displacement Auger Piling and Limited Access
Piling may be obtained by reference to: - Notes For Guidance On PUWER (Regulations 11 &
12) In Relation To Guarding And Cleaning Of Augers On Piling Operations. Refer to
Appendix B. for full details of this BDA publication.
All types of drill rigs and their applications are subject to these requirements for the
protection of persons from rotating drill strings. Failure to comply is a contravention of the
requirements of PUWER. The ultimate responsibility for complete compliance lies with the
owner of the drill rig and the operator.
NEVER TOUCH
ROTATING PARTS!
It should be noted that fitting of any of the above protective devices does not eliminate the
requirement to fit emergency stops in order that an actual or impending danger can be averted
quickly. This will ensure compliance with the requirements of PUWER. Emergency stops
shall be provided at every operating and dangerous working position. In addition, emergency
stops shall be provided at appropriate locations around the rig within easy reach of personnel
working in the danger zone. Reference should be made to BS EN 16228 Title for further
information with regard to emergency stops and that such emergency stops must meet the
requirements of BS EN 418. One emergency stop is insufficient.

7.3 Ejection of Material (Reg.12 PUWER)
Regulation 12 of PUWER requires that all employers ensure that personnel using work
equipment are not exposed to any risk to health in the drilling operation The following hazard
specified in paragraph 3(a) of regulation 12 is of principle interest.
• Any article or substance falling or being ejected from work equipment
This also includes dust and cuttings being ejected from the borehole during the air flush
drilling process. Information regarding this is contained in section 9.1.0 of this manual
Regulation 12 also applies to ejection of material from rotating augers or during the cleaning
process of augers. Complete information with regard to the guarding and cleaning of augers
when used on rigs involved in CFA piling, rotary bored piling, displacement auger piling and
limited access piling may be obtained by reference to: - Notes For Guidance On PUWER
(Regulations 11 & 12) In Relation To The Guarding And Cleaning Of Augers On Piling
Operations. Produced by The Federation of Piling Specialists. Refer to Appendix B for full
details of this publication.
7.4 Drill Rigs in Relation to LOLER
The Lifting Operations and Lifting Equipment Regulations (LOLER) defines lifting
equipment as “work equipment for lifting or lowering loads and includes its attachments used
for anchoring, fixing or supporting it”.
All drilling rigs, including rotary and cable percussion are now covered by these regulations.
Regulation 9 of LOLER covers thorough examinations and inspections and requires that
lifting equipment is thoroughly examined in accordance with an examination scheme, drawn
up by an independent competent person, or, in the absence of such an examination scheme, at
least every 12 months.
In the absence of an examination scheme, accessories for lifting, the new generic name for
shackles, swivels, etc. have to be examined every 6 months by a competent person.
The drilling rig must be accompanied by physical evidence, e.g. a certificate to the effect that
the last thorough examination has been carried out.
Regulation 9 of LOLER also requires that, where appropriate, inspections are to be carried out
by competent persons at suitable intervals between thorough examinations.
Thorough examinations are also required each time exceptional circumstances, which are
liable to jeopardise the safety of equipment, have occurred.
Thorough examination is not required if the equipment has not been used before or the lifting
equipment has an EC declaration of conformity that is not more that twelve months old.
The above is a summary of LOLER and reference must be made to the regulations and to the
ACoP and guidance notes L113 Safe use of lifting equipment, published by the HSE.
The Lead Driller is required to report or rectify any defect which may compromise the safe
operation of the rig. These defects should be reported through their company’s defect
reporting system.

7.5 Drill Rigs – All Types – Common Safety Measures.
7.5.1 It is imperative that safe systems of work are followed by all personnel on the
drilling site and for each operation a safe system of work is in place and all
members of the drill crew understand the system. Before setting up the rig a full risk
assessment should be carried out as outlined in section 7.0 of this manual.
7.5.2 Underground service drawings must be on site and inspected before a service
inspection pit is dug. The position must be scanned using electronic detectors (CAT
& Genny). The pit must then be dug by hand to at least 1.2m bgl and wider than the
largest down the hole equipment to be used. The purpose of this pit is to confirm the
absence of any obstructions or underground services which would be otherwise
damaged by the drilling operation. Pinch bars should only be used to loosen bricks,
cobbles etc. and must not be thrown, like a spear, into the hole as this could easily
damage services. Refer to HSE’s HSG47 for further guidance.
7.5.3 At the start of each shift the incoming crew should ensure that the drill rig and
equipment is usable and in safe condition. Unsafe conditions and any significant
change in the operating conditions should be recorded in the driller’s log and any
action taken should also be logged. In particular the lead driller must ensure that all
protective devices or guards in compliance with PUWER are fitted and functional.
7.5.4 The lead driller must have from his control position, a clear view of any crew
member handling equipment or taking part in the drilling activity or functions.
7.5.5 When hand operated tools such as pipe tongs or stilson wrenches are braced against
the drill frame and used in conjunction with the drill rotary power as a break out tool
they should be well secured to the drill frame to prevent flying off. It is far
preferable that automatic power operated clamp/breakout tools be used.
7.5.6 Drill crew members should ensure that wrenches, lay keys and similar holding
devices are removed from drill string before starting rotation.
7.5.7 Great care should be taken when wrenches are used to loosen “fast” rods or casing.
If the wrench slips out of the hands the axial tension in the string could throw the
wrench with considerable force.
7.5.8 Hands should never be placed on wrenches where they can be trapped between the
wrench and the rig.
KEEP HANDS AWAY!

7.5.9 When breaking threaded joints, personnel should always stand in a safe position in
case the drill string components drop or turn.
7.5.10 The jaws of pipe wrenches must be kept in good order and replaced when damaged
or worn.
7.5.11 Tubing or other material should not be used to extend the handle of any wrench to
obtain more leverage.
7.5.12 When handling drill rods and casing do not take hold of the male threaded end (pin
end) and watch out for sharp burrs on the OD of the rod. Rods with such burrs
should have them carefully removed. If this operation reduces the OD below the
discard limit for the particular size of rod in question then it should be discarded.
7.5.13 Never apply rod thread grease to rod threads by hand, always apply by means of a
suitable tool.
7.5.14 Drill rods, casing or core barrels etc not being used should be stored correctly and
safely.
7.5.15 Care must be taken to ensure that trestles or rod racks are secure and that the
working area along side the trestles or rod racks is free of trip hazards and slippery
areas. Trestles and/or rod racks should be set up on stable ground and not over
loaded. Trestles and/or rod racks should be suitable and sufficient to carry the
anticipated load from the number of rods.
7.5.16 It is preferred that a powered rotary break out system should be fitted to all drill rigs
using threaded drill rods and casing to eliminate as far as possible the use of hand
tools for the breaking operation. Refer also to paragraph 7.5.5 of this manual.
7.5.17 When extruding core from core barrel inner tubes, personnel should keep their body
and hands out of the line of the inner tube from which the core is being extracted, in
case the applied extrusion force causes the core to fly out of the end of the inner
tube causing possible injury.
STAND OUT OF THE WAY

7.5.18 Personnel should be kept at a safe distance from wire ropes being used for hoisting
and lowering. They should never straddle them or reach across them as serious
injury can result from a whipping wire rope or from a breakage. The lead driller
must be alert at the controls at all times when hoisting, lowering or pulling.
WIRE AND HANDS

DON’T GET ON!
7.5.19 Do not use drill rig levelling jacks to remove stuck tubulars from the borehole.
7.5.20 Do not attempt to move the rig with the mast in the vertical position.
7.5.21 Ensure drilling equipment has been removed from the borehole before attempting to
lower the mast.
7.6 Top Drive Rigs and Feed Frame Rigs
The common safety measures contained in Section 7.5 should be considered along with the
following points.
7.6.1 Ensure that personnel are clear from the danger zone and that all guards or
protective devices are in place and functional before engaging the drill string
rotation. Refer to section 7.2 of this manual.
7.6.2 Check that the rod centraliser fitted to the table is the correct diameter for the rods
or casing to be used and is free from damage. Ensure that retaining lugs and
brackets are in place and free from damage. Ensure that the drill head rod adaptor or
sava-sub is in line with the rod centraliser.
7.6.3 Use rod handling devices when fitted to the rig. Where not available, the lead driller
should lift very carefully the in-hole equipment by means of the rig winch with the
driller walking the lower end of the component to the drill head.
7.6.4 Suspend all in-hole equipment by means of correctly sized lay keys or hydraulic
clamps.
7.6.5 Where rod spanners or lay keys are used in the rod breaking operation they must be
of the correct size and in good condition and should be suitable for the imposed
load. These tools must be removed before engaging rotation after completion of the
rod breaking operation.

7.6.6 When making and breaking threaded drill string joints always use hydraulic
breakout units where possible.
7.6.7 When adding threaded drill string components engage the threads and hand tighten
where possible. Torque up correctly in accordance with manufacturers
recommendations by using the appropriate wrench, chain tong, laykey or hydraulic
clamp system.
7.6.8 Do not use extension bars on wrenches or chain tongs when breaking threaded
joints.
7.6.9 Ensure that hydraulic or flushing media hoses do not come in contact with the
rotating drill string or the travel of the drill head when feeding up and down.
7.6.10 When maintenance work is being carried out on the drill head for any reason, ensure
that the drill rig engine is disengaged from the power transmission wherever
possible.
7.6.11 Disengage power from the drill head before switching off the drill rig engine.
7.6.12 If the drill head is slid to one side or swivelled open as part of the operational
working process ensure that it is secured in the open position to prevent accidental
movement or closure which may cause injury to personnel.
7.6.13 Do not lower the mast or feed frame unless the rotary head is in the lowered position
or in the position specified in the manufacturer’s manual.
7.7 Cable Percussion Rigs (Shell and Auger)
7.7.1 Before commencing to set up the rig a full risk assessment should be carried out as
outlined in Section 7.0 of this manual and the common safety measures contained in
Section 7.5 of this manual should be taken into account. Ensure that the rig selected
is suitable for the work to be carried out. Do not exceed the safe working load.
7.7.2 A service inspection pit shall be carried out as outlined in Section 7.5.2 of this
manual unless the risk assessment determines otherwise.
7.7.3 Locate drill rig on as firm and level working surface as possible and erect the rig as
per the manufacturer’s procedures. The BDA has produced a document “Guidance
for the safe operation of Cable Percussion Rigs and Equipment” as contained in
Appendix E. Place secure timber baulks under the position of each leg and under
the engine. Attempt to get the base of each leg level by digging out or placing extra
timbers if necessary. Members of the public and others should, where practicable, be
kept at least 10 metres away from the rig whilst being erected or taken down.
7.7.4 If possible position the engine down wind from the borehole so that drill crew are
not subject to exhaust fumes.
7.7.5 One man operation of a cable percussion rig is not permitted.
7.7.6 Ensure that all safety guards and protective devices are fitted and in sound condition
and comply with the requirements of PUWER. Further information is contained in
Section 7.2 of this manual.

7.7.7 Wire ropes must be checked continually for condition. It is recommended that a
daily record of wire rope inspection is made. Further information on the care and
maintenance of wire ropes is contained in Section 11.3 of this manual.
7.7.8 The condition of all mechanical features of the rig such as sheave wheels, pins,
clutches, brake mechanisms must be checked before drilling commences and/or
daily as being fit for use. In addition each cable percussion rig must be thoroughly
examined and certified by a competent person at least every 12 months. (Refer to
section 7.4) If any repair has been carried out to the mast legs or braces, a new
inspection is required.
7.7.9 On tripod type cable percussion rigs, the two side straps plus any cross strap must be
securely attached before drilling commences. If site conditions prevent the use of
any of the previously mentioned straps then the consultant engineer/designer must
be approached to design out the risk i.e. by repositioning the borehole position.
7.7.10 The lead driller must be able to see, without any obstruction, the hands and feet of
the driller at all times. Hands must be kept clear of the lip of the casing, tommy bar
holes and SPT anvil surfaces. The lead driller must ensure that the driller’s hands
and feet are clear when lowering tools or casing to the ground.
7.7.11 When boring tools are not in use they should be laid securely on the ground or
correctly positioned racks. If a tool is in regular use, e.g. SPT equipment, it may be
rested against the rig if a secure location can be ensured.
7.7.12 Casing tubes and drill rod threaded joints should be fully screwed home and
tightened before use.
7.7.13 Boring tools should not be held suspended by use of the hand or foot control of the
hoist when they are being worked upon. Tools should not be left suspended in the
mast overnight or when the rig is unattended. Never work under any suspended
tools as it could detach and fall onto persons below.
7.7.14 The drill working area should be kept tidy and clear underfoot. Arisings should be
placed well to one side, to minimise slipping hazards and placed in plastic bags or
skips. Where slipping hazards cannot be reasonably tidied up then consideration of
setting up suitable working surfaces should be considered.
SLIPPED UP AGAIN!
7.7.15 Hand tools should be kept in a safe and tidy location when not in use.

7.7.16 If casing or tools become stuck in the borehole and cannot be released by jarring,
the rigging of extra pulley blocks and lines is permitted, but care must be taken not
to exceed the safe working load of the legs, sheave assembly and/or lifting
accessories as stated in the manufacturer’s manual.
7.7.17 Personnel must never look down the borehole whilst tools are suspended overhead.
Beware of upward flow of air or gases from the borehole.
7.7.18 On larger cable percussion rigs where guy lines are used they must be correctly
positioned, securely anchored and tensioned and checked on a regular basis.
7.7.19 When waxing sample tube ends ensure that gas cylinders are secured correctly and
that the operation is being carried out in a well ventilated area. Clear the area of any
potentially flammable materials. Refer to Section 14.3 of this manual for further
information regarding the use and storage of LPG.
7.7.20 Before moving the rig on to any public highway remove all loose mud, ensure that
lights, reflectors and number plates are clean. Check that all components of rig and
items of the drilling equipment are secure.
7.7.21 Check that tyres are correctly inflated, free from damage and that tread depth meets
mandatory requirements. Ensure that tyres are correctly matched and braking
systems are in working order and the braking efficiency is adequate for the rig being
towed.
7.7.22 Do not attempt to drag the rig sideways or by using a small turning circle as this can
severely damage the over-run brake coupling with consequent damage to the
braking system.
7.7.23 Due consideration should be given to the wearing of safety harness when personnel
are working at a height where a fall could result in injury and when undertaking
repairs or maintenance to the mast and sheave wheel assembly etc.
7.8 Dynamic Sampling Rigs
The BDA produced “Guidance for the safe operation of Dynamic Sampling Rigs and
Equipment” and it is recommended that this guidance document is held and referred to by the
lead driller.

SECTION 8
SAFETY REQUIREMENTS – RIG STARTING, RUNNING AND
STOPPING
8.0 Introduction
Observation of the following good practice will assist with the safe operation of the drill rig
and should be taken into consideration before starting the drilling operation. The
manufacturer’s instructions, supplied with the rig, should always be followed. Specific
instruction plates attached to the machine generally support the instructions contained therein.
• Ensure you are adequately trained in the safe operation of the rig and
equipment and that you have sufficient knowledge to operate and control it
correctly and safely
• Always wear personal protective equipment identified by the risk
assessment. Any specialist project PPE requirements must also be adhered
to
• Avoid spilling flammable fuels and oils (A spill kit stored on the rig is
good practice)
• Report any faults to the rig or equipment and where necessary isolate the
rig from use
• Ensure that daily maintenance schedules are carried out and recorded
according to company procedures
• Carry out the correct Start-up, run and shutdown procedures.
DO NOT IN ANY CIRCUMSTANCES: -
• Carry out any maintenance or repairs when the drill rig or equipment is
operating
• Carry out any temporary repairs to equipment unless trained to do so
• Operate the drill rig or equipment outside the scope of its designed
intended use – Refer to the manufacturers guidelines
• Tamper with or adjust hydraulic or compressed air safety or relief valves
• Open any flushing medium valves until hoses are securely attached and
correctly restrained
• Allow any unauthorised person to operate the drill rig or equipment
• Tamper with or isolate interlocks, cut-offs, emergency stops or other
safety equipment
If in doubt about any matter ask the appropriate person for help before risking possible
accidents to yourself and other members of the drill crew and possible damage to equipment.
8.1 Start, Run and Stop Procedures.
The following simple checks must be carried out before starting up the drill rig. They will, if
carried out meticulously, help to reduce the risk of damage or premature wear to the drill rig
and, most importantly, improve safety. Correct starting is safe starting.
8.1.1 Pre-Start Checks.
• Check that all the operating controls of the drill are in the neutral or the off
position
• Check for any signs of vandalism

• Check engine coolant level and cooling system for external leakage (if
applicable).
• Check lubrication oil levels in engine, transmissions and drill head
gearboxes, and inspect for signs of external leakage
• Check fuel in fuel tank
• Check hydraulic tank fluid level and inspect system for external leakage
• Check hydraulic filter condition indicators (if fitted)
• Check that all guards and protective devices are in place and free from
damage
• Visually inspect drill rig for obvious signs of external damage
• Visually check all wire ropes for broken wires, wear and obvious
corrosion
• Ensure that all loose pieces of equipment, tools etc. are removed from
working area
• Check operation of protective devices i.e. emergency stops, guard
interlocks, trip wires etc
• Check that flushing hoses are connected correctly
On satisfactory completion of these checks, the drill rig may be started up. Once the drill rig
has been satisfactorily started the following running checks should be carried out.
8.1.2 Running Checks.
• Check that engine oil pressure is normal

• Check that engine oil temperature is normal
• Check that coolant temperature is normal (if applicable)
• Check that alternator is charging
• Visually check for signs of oil or coolant leaks
• Listen for any signs of unusual noises
• Check for signs of excessive vibration
• Check that all gauges are reading normally and not indicating marked
fluctuations
When these running checks have been completed and, provided you are satisfied it is safe to
do so, the drilling operation may be commenced.
When it becomes necessary to stop the drilling operation the following simple shut down
checks should be adhered to and will help inadvertent damage to the drill rig and the possible
creation of hazardous situations.
8.1.3 Shut Down Procedure.
• Ensure all the drill rig controls are in the neutral position or the off
position
• Check that flushing media is shut off or under control
• Throttle back engine and allow to run in the ‘idle’ condition for a few
minutes
• Operate ‘stop control’
• When engine has stopped, turn key switch to the ‘off’ position
• Remove the key to prevent unauthorised starting

8.2 Emergency Stop Procedure
Protective devices are mandatory and are fitted in order that an actual or impending
dangerous situation is averted quickly without creating any additional hazard.
They are situated in a suitable place to protect the individual from the danger zone and will
stop all rotation, feed and hoisting movements as quickly as possible in order to prevent the
dangerous situation developing further.
The danger zone is the zone within and around the drill rig in which a person is exposed to
risk of injury or damage to health. For a drill rig this means the area in which a person can be
reached by operational movement of the drill rig, its working devices, its auxiliary equipment
or swinging or falling equipment.
8.2.1 Emergency Stop Activation
• If a hazardous situation arises an emergency stop button must be activated

by the nearest person and the drill rig functions stopped
• Ensure the area where the hazard was identified is safe to enter
• Assess whether injury to a person has been caused
• If this is the case summon immediate medical assistance in accordance
with company procedures and project rules
• Report incident to the company so that the necessary safety investigation
can take place
• Do not re-start the drilling operation until safe to do so and authorised by
your supervisor or maintenance personnel
• If an injury to a person has taken place ensure that it is correctly recorded
in the Accident Register. Refer to section 13.4 of this manual
8.3 Erection of Drilling Masts, Derricks, Feed Beams and Booms
8.3.1 All components of drilling masts, feed beams, booms or derricks must be checked
for damage and be in good condition prior to erection or assembly. It should also be
remembered that they must be inspected in compliance with Reg 9 of LOLER.
8.3.2 The site of the mast, derrick, feed beam or boom should be selected ensuring that it
is capable of carrying the load imposed by the rig and the drilling operation and that
it is as level as possible. Before erection, ensure that the vertical or angled location
of the mast, when erected, will not make contact with any overhead obstructions
such as electric cables etc.
8.3.3 No personnel should be situated underneath or near the mast whilst it is being
assembled or disassembled or whilst it is being raised or lowered. When raising the
mast the lead driller must ensure that all personnel are in a safe position and be in
eye contact and communication with them at all times during the process.
8.3.4 Steps should be taken to safeguard the derrick or mast from damage by wind when
raising or lowering and such raising or lowering should preferably take place during
the hours of daylight. The manufacturers instructions regarding raising and lowering
should be adhered to at all times.
8.3.5 Secure or remove any loose items on the mast or derrick before raising. Ensure that
the mechanical or hydraulic safety device/s are in position to prevent falling should
there be a failure in the lifting system.

8.3.6 Once raised to the operating position or drilling angle ensure that any locating pins
are in place and secured. Support stays, if required, should be fitted as per the
manufacturer’s instructions.
8.3.7 If a mast upper working platform is required, it must be in accordance with the
requirements of BS EN 16228 and fitted with safe access by suitably positioned
ladders. Such ladders, if longer than 3 metres, must be fitted with suitably placed
and positioned back loops. In addition, they must be provided with anchor points for
safety harness attachment. For further information on the safe use of ladders refer to
the working at height regulations.
8.3.8 Ensure that an escape system is fitted to the upper platform where the platform
height exceeds 10 metres from the ground level. Such an escape system must be
positioned to enable personnel to descend at a controllable and safe speed to a safe
place.
8.3.9 Personnel involved in rod handling activities on the upper platform must wear safety
harnesses and where necessary, energy absorbing lanyards at all times and these
should be securely anchored. Such safety harnesses and energy absorbing lanyards
must be inspected at regular intervals. Refer to section 13.2.18 of this manual for
more detailed information regarding inspection procedures.
8.3.10 No part of the mast, derrick, feed beam or boom must be modified or major repair
carried out without first referring to the manufacturer.
8.3.11 Ensure that the mast, derrick or feed beam is not subject to any load in excess of its
safe working load, which should be indicated on a data plate securely fixed to it.
8.3.12 When erecting and positioning feed beam, boom or top drive mast type drill rigs
which have swivelling or dumping facilities, the lead driller must ensure that all
personnel are well clear and not in a position where they may be trapped or crushed
by the moving components.

SECTION 9
SAFETY REQUIREMENTS – DRILLING METHODS AND
APPLICATIONS
9.0 Introduction
This section provides guidance on safety related matters occurring in various special types of
drilling applications.
Before commencing any of the drilling applications outlined in this section it is essential to
carry out a risk assessment of the potential hazards associated with the particular operation
and in addition consideration must be given to the following and reference made to the
appropriate section of this manual.
• Possible overhead cables and underground services Section 5.2

• Buried contaminants etc. Section 5.1
• Access to and egress from site, personnel and public Section 3
• Setting up Section 5.0.5
9.1 Flushing Medium
9.1.0 Drilling and the Use of Compressed Air
When drilling using compressed air as the flushing medium it is important to be

aware of the hazards that may be present and to apply the necessary safety
procedures. All users of compressed air must comply with the requirements of the
Pressure Systems and Gas Container Regulations. To assist with this, reference
should be made to HSE ACoP L122 Safety of Pressure Systems and guidance notes
HSG39. Compressed Air Safety.
9.1.0.1 Compressors should be set up on level ground so that internal lubrication

is not adversely affected and correct load is applied to bearings.
9.1.0.2 The parking brake should be applied and the wheels chocked to prevent
any movement caused by vibration.
9.1.0.3 Compressors should preferably be sited up wind from the drill rig in order
to prevent damage and contamination by dust and cuttings. However when
associated with the drilling of large boreholes, siting should be such as to
also avoid exhaust fumes entering the borehole.
9.1.0.4 The compressor and hoses must be visually checked before use for
obvious defects and if any are found they must be reported at once.
9.1.0.5 Daily checks should be made on oil, fuel, lubricant and coolant levels. Air
cleaner condition and oil level, if oil filled type, should also be checked
daily. Condensation should be drained from the compressor system where
drain points are fitted.
9.1.0.6 When specified by the manufacturer, compressors should not be operated

with engine covers/flaps open. This will ensure that noise control and
cooling is effective.

9.1.0.7 A daily check should be made of all air hoses, clips, couplings, valves and
hose restraints to ensure that they are in good condition and correctly
fitted.
9.1.0.8 Ensure that all connected equipment is turned off and all drill operating
controls are in neutral position.
9.1.0.9 Ensure that the drill rig is equipped with an air pressure gauge in working
condition and an appropriate main air shut off valve. This main air shut off
valve must be in good working order and it must operate easily and
quickly.
9.1.0.10 When starting up compressor, ensure that it is started and run up in

accordance with the manufacturer’s/supplier’s instructions.
9.1.0.11 Air supply hoses should be suitable for the intended working pressure and
hose end fittings be of the correct type for the pressure application.
9.1.0.12 Air hoses must be fitted with longitudinal restraints (whip checks)
securely anchored at each end to afford protection in the event of a
detached or snapped hose. These restraints should also be attached to the
hose at regular intervals along its length.
9.1.0.13 When working above ground, air hoses should be securely anchored to
prevent them falling and causing injury.
9.1.0.14 Air receivers should be clearly marked with the Safe Working Pressure
(SWP) and be fitted with a pressure gauge and safety relief valve designed
to operate should that pressure be exceeded
9.1.0.15 Air receivers should be fitted with suitable water condensate drainage
facilities and be drained off every day or more frequently if there is a high
humidity level.
9.1.0.16 Air receivers should be thoroughly cleaned and examined in accordance

with the Written Examination Scheme prepared by the competent person.
A written report kept of the results of every such examination and test.
9.1.0.17 In freezing conditions, it is important that air exhausts and air lines if
being blown out, should be directed well away from site personnel.
9.1.0.18 Compressed air should not be used for cleaning out storage drums or
cleaning down the rig and equipment unless the air line is fitted with the
correct type of end fitting and valve.
9.1.0.19 Never cut off air supply by kinking or bending of hoses by hand. Always
use the shut off valve.
9.1.0.20 Always ensure that all compressed air is safely released before any work is
carried out on the compressor or any of the associated hoses and fittings.
9.1.0.21 Never apply compressed air to your skin or clean dirt from clothing whilst
being worn as this can cause serious injury or death by embolism in the
blood system.

9.1.0.22 Do not attempt to find air (or hydraulic) leaks by using bare hands.
9.1.0.23 When using compressed air as the borehole flushing medium it is

important to control the return cuttings and dust in order to protect
personnel and the environment. Reference should be made to Section 6.4
of this manual regarding Dust Control.
9.1.1 Drilling and the Use of Water and Mud Fluids
9.1.1.1 Where the drilling fluid is water or mud, attention should be given to
keeping the borehole full of the fluid of the appropriate density when
running or pulling drill rods or casing
9.1.1.2 If oil based mud is in use, relevant fire precautions must be taken. In the
case of air or gas circulating fluids the appropriate safety devices should
be installed and the additional fire hazard should be recognised. If the drill
string cannot be pulled dry, a mud saver device should be provided to
prevent, as far as reasonably practicable, fluid being sprayed onto
personnel or the drill platform.
9.1.1.3 Where conditions warrant, e.g. where methane or other gases may be
present in the return fluid, installation of mud / gas separators is
advocated.
9.1.1.4 Pressure and flushing pumps must be fitted with protective relief valves.
Shear pin type relief valves must be fitted with protective covers to protect
personnel from ejection of broken pin pieces should the valve blow off
and the pin sheared.
9.1.1.5 Pressure and supply pumps should not be started against a closed shut off
supply valve in order to prevent damage to hoses and other components or
injury to personnel.
9.1.1.6 Ensure that flushing pumps are fitted with the correct type of pressure
gauge and that it is in working order. Observe the pressure reading at
regular intervals. Fluctuations in the reading will warn of impending
problems and hazards down the hole.
9.1.1.7 Do not stand on or over delivery pressure lines. The hose may kick or even
burst and cause injury to any person who may be in the way.
9.1.1.8 Exercise extreme care when starting up pumps in cold weather in case of
blockages in hoses due to ice formation. Always drain pump and hoses at
the end of the shift to prevent formation of ice.
9.2 Anchor Drilling
When anchor drilling, reference must be made to BS 8081 Code of Practice for Ground
Anchorages (replaced by BS EN 1537 but due to be republished early 2015) and BS EN 1537
Execution of special geotechnical works. Ground anchors. These Standards give
specifications and safety requirements for soil and rock anchorages of the grouted or
mechanical type. As anchor drilling is often carried out in excavations or places which may
be considered as confined spaces, then reference should be made to the appropriate sections
5.1.8 and 5.1.10 of this manual.

9.3 Auger Drilling
9.3.1 Ensure that the drill rig is set up securely and can safely withstand its high torque
and thrust loads and in particular, the high retract forces used if the auger becomes
fast in the borehole.
9.3.2 Ensure that that all safety guards or protective devices are fitted, are in sound
condition and comply with the requirements of PUWER. Further information on this
point may be found in Section 7.2 of this manual.
9.3.3 Auger cleaning is required to prevent material falling and causing injury to
personnel. Section 7.3 of this manual contains guidance on the measures to be taken
in order to comply with PUWER.
9.3.4 When adding or removing lengths of continuous or hollow stem augers, the
following points must be addressed:-
• The lead driller must ensure that the driller, who is placing/handling the
holding fork, is well clear before lowering the auger on to the holding fork
• Rotation should not be engaged whilst the auger holding fork is in use.
Only careful and controlled raising or lowering of the auger is permitted
• The correct size of holding fork must always be used and it must be a good
fit on the central tube of the auger. This is especially critical when using
hollow stem augers as they have a relatively large central tube and
corresponding narrow width of webs on the flights
• The lead driller must ensure that the driller has fully completed the placing
or removal of the drive pins or screwed connection connecting auger
lengths together, and that the pins/screws are fully engaged and secure and
that the driller is well clear before rotation is engaged
• When threaded connection hoisting plugs are used, threaded connections
must be fully made up before rotation is engaged
• Should the driller have to guide an auger in order to engage it in the lower
section, then the auger must be held on the outside of the flights and hands
kept away from the hexagonal member or drive section. The auger should
not be rotated while personnel are in the danger zone
9.3.5 Boreholes must be securely covered or securely protected when the augers have
been removed in order to prevent accidental or unauthorised access to the vicinity of
the borehole. Special attention should be paid to the possible collapse of the edge of
the borehole.
9.3.6 When bucket or single flight augers are swung to one side for cleaning they must be
lowered to the ground and no rotation permitted whilst the driller carries out the
cleaning operation.
9.3.7 If the contents of a bucket auger or auger flights are of a hazardous nature or
contaminated, the driller must wear the appropriate protective clothing as outlined in
section 13 of this manual. Waste cuttings should be disposed of by placing in
suitable containers and transported as described in section 6 of this manual.
9.3.8 Augers, cutting heads, handling tools and all plant must be thoroughly cleaned
before moving off a contaminated drill site.

9.3.9 When work is required to be done on cutting heads or augers they must be lowered
and placed on the ground and secured. Do not carry out work on suspended augers
or cutting heads.
9.3.10 If objects become wrapped around augers great care must be exercised in cutting or
removing the material wrapped round the auger. The auger should not be rotated
whilst personnel are in the danger zone.
9.3.11 If bolt cutters, hacksaws or burning torches have to be used to cut out entrapped
objects into short sections, the lead driller must ensure that the driller and any tools
are well clear before engaging rotation. Such rotation must be slow and controlled to
prevent loosened pieces flying off.
NOTE: Burning torches should only be used when it is safe to do so.
9.3.12 Ensure that any loose sections of the entrapped material are cleared well away
before commencing any other work. Safe and secure footing is essential at all times.
9.3.13 As augers are heavy they should be supplied for use in the minimum practical length
for handling safely. Manual handling regulations must be observed at all times.
Mechanical handling aids should be used whenever practicable to reduce manual
handling to a minimum. Refer to section 16 of this manual for further information.
9.3.14 Because of the bulk and weight of augers great care must be taken to ensure that
they are safely secured when being transported to and from site and that they are
safely stored or racked when in use on site.
9.3.15 If hand samples are required to be taken from the auger flights they must be taken
with the auger stationary.
9.3.16 If it becomes necessary to remove spoil from the area round the borehole then
rotation of the auger string must be stopped whilst this operation is being carried
out.
9.4 Fishing Operations
Fishing is the operation of recovering objects dropped in the borehole or recovering drill
string components such as drill rods, casing or core barrels which have become stuck or
dropped in the borehole. Fishing operations calls for extra vigilance on the part of the drill
crew as it involves the use of tools, which turn, push, pull and jerk, often using forces in
excess of those used in the normal drilling operation. It is with the safety aspects of this
operation that we concern ourselves here.
9.4.1 When using fishing tools do not exceed the safe working load of the drill rig or the
load parameters laid down by the manufacturer of the fishing tool.
9.4.2 Apply loads gradually and do not apply shock load to the fishing string unless
absolutely necessary.
9.4.3 Do not apply a force that cannot be released especially in an emergency situation.
9.4.4 When pulling with or without rotation on stuck equipment in a borehole ensure that
all members of the crew are well clear of the danger zone before the pulling
operation starts.

9.4.5 If hydraulic jacks are used to provide the upward force, they should be secured to
prevent dangerous movement and guarded to prevent injury to personnel should
they slip or if the fishing string suddenly becomes free.
9.4.6 Keep clear of any parts of the fishing string that are under load. Bare in mind that
whilst under such tensile loads, the fishing string and the stuck drill string or
equipment may stretch considerably and constitute a hazard. Always release the
load on the fishing string slowly and with due care.
9.4.7 When the item being recovered has been brought to the surface it should be handled
very carefully until it has been secured. The recovery tool may only have the
slightest grip on the item to be recovered and it may easily slip back into the
borehole. As fishing operations can generate considerable heat in the various rods,
tools and equipment being recovered always handle recovered items with great care,
as they may be very hot.
9.4.8 No members of the drill crew should stand under or near a load suspended from a
fishing tool or indeed any other suspended load.
9.4.9 Always cover the borehole when the fishing string has been lifted clear and until the
drilling operation is ready to start again.
9.4.10 Record the depth to the fish and the recovery rod string length.
9.5 Freezing
Water bearing ground can be strengthened and made impermeable if it can be frozen and kept
frozen. This process of freezing is often used when sinking shafts or tunnelling in water
bearing strata.
The circulation of calcium brine or liquid inert gases at temperatures below 0°C achieves
freezing in a closed system of coaxial pipes in the borehole. Freezing of the groundwater
takes place slowly and in some cases is impossible if there is an underground flow of water
which brings in heat at a greater rate than the freezing process can extract. If, due to this, there
is a residual risk that pockets of unfrozen ground remain, the appropriate contingency plans
should be put into operation.
9.5.1 Ensure that all boreholes are surveyed after drilling to confirm their exact position
and if found out of position, re-drilled.
9.5.2 Ensure that the thermocouples to confirm the development and maintenance of the
freeze are correctly installed in the monitoring boreholes within the ground to be
frozen.
9.5.3 Great care must be taken in handling the cryogenic liquids used i.e. liquid ammonia
or liquid nitrogen. The correct PPE must be worn at all times.
9.5.4 Ensure that the storage area for the liquid gas refrigerants is securely protected and
fenced with access to authorised personnel only.
9.5.5 All surface pipe work supplying the refrigerant to the borehole freeze pipes should
be protected from impact damage.
9.5.6 Ensure that the atmospheric monitoring equipment to detect refrigerant leakage is
correctly installed and functioning.

9.5.7 If exhaust nitrogen is discharged to atmosphere it should be discharged through a
suitably positioned chimney. This chimney should be sited well away from the
working area and site boundaries.
9.6 Ground Investigation Processes
The process, nature and equipment used in ground investigation can give rise to unique safety
hazards. The various processes are listed below together with the significant hazards
associated with each one. In all cases ensure that the equipment is securely attached to the
rod. All testing procedures should be carried out as described in Eurocode 7, BS 5930 Code
of Practice for Site Investigation and BS 1377 Soils for Civil Engineering Purposes.
9.6.1 Standard Penetration Testing
9.6.1.1 SPT Hammers must be calibrated in accordance with the requirements

given in BS EN ISO 22476-3.
9.6.1.2 Ensure that the hammers sliding mechanism has been locked to prevent it
sliding during handling. Not doing so is a common cause of accidents.
Care must be taken when lifting the heavy hammer into position.
Wherever possible, use mechanical handling. Where this is not
practicable, manual handling must be carried out in accordance with the
manual handling risk assessment. Before use, ensure that it is free from
burrs as impact by the hammer may cause fragments to fly off causing eye
injury.
9.6.1.3 Always use the correct PPE (helmet, gloves, eye protection and ear muffs)
when using the hammer and keep fingers away from impact area.
KEEP FINGERS OUT!
9.6.1.4 If using an automatic hammer avoid contact with the latches if exposed.
9.6.2 Pneumatic Packer Testing
9.6.2.1 A non- flammable gas such as nitrogen must be used for the inflation of
the sleeve.
9.6.2.2 The supply cylinder must be fitted with a gas pressure regulator and the
procedures with regard to the handling of gas cylinders must be observed.
Further information or the care of gas cylinders is contained in section 12
of this manual.

9.6.3 Dynamic (Window) Sampling
9.6.3.1 Refer to BDA publication “Guidance for the Safe Operation of Dynamic
Sampling Rigs and Equipment”.
9.6.3.2 Care must be exercised when handling equipment especially in the area of
the window slot.
9.6.3.3 Ensure that hand contact is not made in the area of the percussive action.
9.6.4 Thin Wall Tube Sampling
9.6.4.1 When using a drop weight ensure that fingers are kept out of the danger
area.
9.6.4.2 Take care when handling sampler shoe as the leading edge is very sharp.
9.6.4.3 Ensure that the non-return valve is operating correctly if fitted.
9.6.5 Piston Type Samplers
9.6.5.1 Ensure that the sampler is securely attached to the rod.
9.6.6 Installation of Piezometers
9.6.6.1 Ensure care is taken when handling piezometers into position and
lowering into borehole.
9.6.6.2 Take care when removing casing during the gravel packing operation.
9.6.6.3 Take care when handling sacks of packing material e.g. washed sharp
sand.
9.6.6.4 Grout seals are generally formed from cement / bentonite mix which is a
hazardous material. Refer to section 6 of this manual.
9.6.7 Sample Recovery
After samples have been recovered and correctly labelled, site personnel must
ensure that they are protected from:-
• Moisture loss. All air tight seals must be checked to ensure that they are in
good condition
• Care should be exercised to avoid the samples being damaged or disturbed
• Extremes of temperature especially frost damage
• Vandalism
9.6.8 Coring
The safety related information outlined in section 7 of this manual applies equally to
the coring operation. It should be remembered that coring operations generally
require higher rotational speeds than other forms of drilling. This fact must be taken

into account when conducting the risk assessment. See section 7 of this manual. The
following additional points should also be taken into consideration.
• When wireline drilling always wear appropriate protective gloves in

handling or guiding the wireline cable
• Wireline corebarrel heads, overshots and latching mechanisms and their
relationship to the drill rod contain numerous entrapment points. Minimise
manual handling in this area
• Ensure that a swivel connection is fitted in the wireline cable and is in
working order. Check the wireline cable on a regular basis for broken
strands that may cause injury
• Utilise a mechanical wireline cable wiper to remove excess flushing fluid
from the wire
• Pay particular attention to the speed of raising and lowering wireline
components in and out of the rods. Smooth application is essential to
prevent shock loads causing damage
• Do not use excessive hoisting speed when removing the inner tube
assembly in order to prevent excess flushing fluid being ejected from the
top of drill rod. This can cause a slipping hazard round the rig. Clean any
such spills away promptly
• Keep hands away from open end of wireline drill rod when inserting
overshot until assembly is within the rod
• Always lay the inner tube containing the core in a horizontal position
before extruding the core. See Section 7 of this manual regarding
extrusion
• When lifting or lowering large diameter core barrels in and out of the
borehole use mechanical handling where practicable
• When pulling rods, clean the flushing fluid from the rod by mechanical
means and not by the hands
9.6.9 Hollow Stem Augers
The safety related information outlined in section 9 above applies equally to Hollow
Stem Auger operations. The following additional comments should be taken into
consideration.
• Wireline head assemblies, overshots and latching mechanisms and their

relationship to the hollow stem auger contain numerous entrapment points.
Minimise manual handling in this area
• Ensure that a swivel connection is fitted in the wire cable and is in
working order. Check the wire cable on a regular basis for broken strands
that may cause a hazard.
• Pay particular attention to the speed of raising and lowering components in
and out of the rods. Smooth application is essential to prevent shock loads
causing hazards
• Keep hands away from open end of hollow stem auger when inserting
overshot until assembly is within the rod
• When lifting or lowering large hollow stem augers use mechanical
handling where practicable
9.6.10 Open Hole Drilling
This drilling activity encompasses the use of equipment including Tricone bits (rock
roller), Drag bits, Cross cut and Button bits, PCD bits, Down the Hole Hammer

(DTH), Reverse Circulation and Wash boring. The safety related information
outlined in Section 7 of this manual applies equally to the open hole drilling
operation. The following additional points should also be taken into consideration.
• Take care when handling large diameter bits, stabilisers, DTH hammers,
drill steels, drill rods, drill tubes and casing. Use mechanical handling
where possible
• When hoisting or lowering tubulars from or into the borehole carefully
control the speed as excessive speed may generate hazards
• When pulling tubulars from the borehole clean the drill string with a
suitable mechanical cleaner. Do not clean with the hands
• If a rod string is dropped do not attempt to catch it by hand
• Always use the correct sized holding clamps, lay keys and slips. Do not
use stilson wrenches to lower tubulars into the borehole
• Do not use defective or incorrect breakout tools
• Always use rotational speeds recommended by the manufacturer for each
particular type of drilling equipment
• Watch for undue vibration in the drill string. Excessive vibration may
damage the drill string and associated drill rig components and therefore
cause hazards to the drill crew
• When pushing, driving or rotating casing in, keep hands away from the
operation – an interlocked guarding system will prevent this and such a
system is required by PUWER
• Ensure that all flushing hoses are suitable for the application, correctly
fitted and restrained
• One man drilling operation is discouraged. Only specific cases such as
blast drilling permit one man drilling operations. The rigs involved have
been designed for this type of operation and are fitted with safety systems
incorporated into the rigs design. Where one man drilling is planned
particular attention should be paid to providing high levels of training and
protection. Management arrangements should also be in place in order to
mitigate the risk of lone working which should include clear and regular
communication / contact with the driller
• Generally open hole drilling generates large volumes of ejected dust and
cuttings at high velocity which are a hazard. Personnel should not be in the
vicinity of this material being ejected. Refer to section 6 and 7 of this
manual.
• Ensure that protective devices in accordance with Regulation 11 of
PUWER are fitted and are in working order. Refer to section 7 of this
manual
9.7 Grouting
Grout, often a cement bentonite based slurry, may be placed in the borehole for a variety of
reasons including:-
• Stabilising a broken, fractured or loose formation
• Mine and shaft infilling
• Sealing a porous stratum
• Isolating one aquifer from another
• Cementing the annulus around the outside of permanently installed casing
• Cementing in standpipes or stuffing boxes
• Installing piezometers
• Plugging and sealing completed boreholes

Cement, which forms the main constituent of a grout, is a hazard to health. Cement powder
can adversely affect the skin, eyes and breathing. It is therefore important that handling is
minimized, dust controlled and the appropriate PPE consisting of safety helmets, boots,
gloves, eye protection, overalls be worn. In addition the use of a barrier cream applied to the
skin, prior to the work commencing, will give additional protection. The cement bentonite
grout if spilled on the ground is extremely slippery and should be cleaned up as soon as
possible to remove this hazard.
9.7.1 When handling bags of cement ensure that they are lifted correctly.
9.7.2 Ensure that grout mixers and tanks are located on a firm and level base and where
possible down wind of the drill rig.
9.7.3 Check that all hoses from the mixer to the grout pump and on to the drill rig are
correctly connected, and are of the correct type and pressure rating for the particular
grouting operation to be carried out.
9.7.4 Personnel should stand upwind of the mixing tanks during the adding and mixing of
cement.
9.7.5 Adequate washing facilities must be readily available. The requirements for these
are included in section 13 of this manual.
9.7.6 Any grout slurry splashes on exposed skin must be washed off immediately and
further barrier cream added.
9.7.7 When the mixing operation is completed personnel should wash thoroughly all
exposed skin.
9.7.8 Ensure that the area round the mixer and pumps is kept clean and free from slippery
grout spillage.
9.7.9 All pumps, hoses and tools, which have been in contact with cement grouts, must be
thoroughly washed out after the job is completed. Apart from cleaning the
equipment, this operation will reduce the risk of cement setting in the pump pressure
system which could cause burst hoses and pump components when normal drilling
commences.
9.7.10 Grout mixers employing rotating paddles should be guarded in accordance with the
requirements of PUWER.
9.8 Horizontal Directional Drilling
The common use of Horizontal Directional Drilling (HDD) is to produce a borehole to enable
a service to be laid underground without creating a disturbance to the surface or causing
damage to other buried services. Care must also be taken to ensure that operating personnel,
persons working nearby and members of the public are not put at risk by the drilling
operation. Reference should be made to the content of IGEM/SR/28 Trenchless Techniques
published by the IGEM. This publication contains detailed safety requirements for this type of
drilling activity. In addition reference should also be made to HSE publication HSG47
Avoidance of Danger from Underground Services. All personnel involved in HDD must have
undertaken a suitable course of training at an approved industry training centre and such
training should be updated on a regular basis. The following points, although covered in
IGEM/SR/28, are included in this manual because of their importance.

9.8.1 Before drilling commences a risk assessment and ground survey should be
conducted and a detailed safety plan for the whole operation should be drawn up.
9.8.2 The location of buried services should be established. Reference should be made to
section 5 of this manual for detailed information.
9.8.3 As a large proportion of HDD activity is carried out in urban areas, or in some cases
in the vicinity of railway tracks, reference should be made to section 5 of this
manual for the appropriate safety information.
9.8.4 Some HDD drilling activity is carried out from an entry pit and in some cases the
borehole terminates in an exit pit. In these cases such pits are considered to be
confined spaces therefore reference should be made to section 5 of this manual.
9.8.5 Despite the most rigorous of pre-drilling ground surveys, the directional drilling
process may inadvertently contact live electrical cables with consequential risk of
severe injury or death to operating personnel. The rig must therefore be fitted with
electrical strike safety systems as follows :-
• Equipotential system whereby the drill rig, its ancillary equipment and all
metallic objects the lead driller or members of the crew are likely to touch
on or around the machine during the drilling operation, are bonded
together electrically
• A good earth connection
• A strike alarm system between the drill rig and the earth connection. This
alarm system should have an audible signal and, where possible, a visual
signal on the drill rig or support vehicle. It should respond to a voltage
difference between the rig and the ground or a current leakage flow to
ground or both
• Suitable grid mats should be provided to cover the surface working area of
the drilling operation and be securely bonded to the drill rig. These mats
should also be placed in the receiving pit if personnel are working in that
location
• A suitably designed blast shield should be fitted at the point of the earth
rod and around the drill rod at the point of entry to the ground
Protective boots and gloves must be used and be of the electrical insulating type. In
addition arc proof and flameproof overalls should be worn when the risk assessment
identifies the need.
9.8.6 Safety procedures to be carried out in the event of an electric strike should be
established in accordance with the requirements of HSE guidance notes HSG47 and
IGEM Safety Requirements IGEM/SR/28. All personnel involved in the drilling
operation must be trained in these procedures. If the strike audible/visual warning is
activated or there is a blast from the borehole then all personnel must follow the
safety procedures without deviation.
9.8.7 In the event of striking a gas main, the drill rig and all ancillary equipment must be
stopped immediately, all electrical supplies isolated, all naked lights extinguished
and the workplace evacuated. The gas utility should be notified immediately and
personnel excluded from the site until it has been deemed safe by the gas utility.

9.8.8 Before any drilling commences ensure that all guards and protective devices are
fitted, are in good condition and fulfil the requirements of PUWER.
9.8.9 Ensure that the drilling rig is securely staked down using the method detailed in the
manufacturer’s manual.
9.8.10 Care should be taken to ensure that any public right of way, if in the vicinity of the
drilling operation, is kept free from any potential hazard to the public taking into
account disabled persons, those with impaired vision and hearing, and
unaccompanied children.
9.9 Rock Bolting / Soil Nailing
Rock bolting, using mechanically or chemically anchored bolts is a common measure to

provide temporary support or can be an element of a permanent support system. Whilst rock
bolts can be used to tie back loose slabs liable to fall, their fundamental use is to prevent
separation across discontinuities such as joints, fissures and bedding planes so that the
integrity of the rock structure can be maintained. Recommendations for safe methods of Rock
Bolting may be found in BS EN 1537 Execution of special geotechnical work. Ground
Anchors and BS 7861-1 & 2 Strata reinforcement support systems components used in coal
mines.
9.9.1 If rock bolting is to be carried out in an underground location or excavation,

personnel should be suitably trained and be aware of the hazards. Refer to sections 5
of this manual.
9.9.2 Ensure that the drill rig is correctly selected as being suitable to carry out the
operation in a safe manner.
9.9.3 Ensure that the hole diameter and depth of hole to be drilled is suitable for the type
of rock bolt to be used and that the type of bolt selected is suitable for the particular
circumstances. The anchorage should be of sufficient depth and be designed to resist
the full pullout value of the rock bolt without damage to the surrounding formation.
9.9.4 Before starting to drill, ensure that all guards and protective devices are in place.
9.9.5 Care must be exercised when handling rock bolts using resin as a setting method.
• Resin compounds are a health hazard therefore reference must be made to

the manufacturer’s safety data sheet
• Ensure that suitable and sufficient PPE is available for all personnel who
are likely to come in contact with resin
9.10 Shot Firing and Explosives
Safety measures are contained in the British Standard BS 5607 Code of Practice for the Safe
Use of Explosives in the Construction Industry.
Extracts from the code applicable to drilling personnel are as follows: -
9.10.1 All site personnel including drill crews come under the control of the shotfirer
during blasting operations. It is also important that contractors agree hazard areas
with particular reference to the danger of fire. The safety and security of all
personnel employed on site, whether they handle explosives or not in the course of
their duties, is of particular concern as is the protection of the public from injury.

9.10.2 The shot firer is appointed under the Mining and Quarrying Safety & Health
Regulations. Only competent persons can be employed as shot firers and they must
have Institute of Explosive Engineers certification.
9.10.3 The handling of explosives on site should be restricted to personnel who are
required to do so in the course of their duties and who are authorised in writing by
site management. All site personnel should however be warned against
maltreatment of explosives and blasting accessories, and the dangers of premature
ignition or initiation of explosive materials by severe impact, friction, flame or
electrical impulse.
9.10.4 Fires, naked lights or lighted cigarettes are not permitted within 25 metres of an
explosives store.
9.10.5 No petrol, oil, flammable solvents, wastepaper or similar material whose ignition
may imperil the explosives store should be permitted within 25 metres of any place
where explosives are stored. Care should be taken to ensure that grass and
undergrowth in the vicinity of the explosive store is cut regularly to minimise fire
hazard.
9.10.6 No attempt should be made by unqualified persons to pick up, carry or dispose of
any explosives or detonators found on site.
9.10.7 Care should be taken when disposing of packing materials such as cases, case
linings, wrappers or materials used in cleaning up waste explosives. These materials
may have been impregnated with explosives. Disposal operations must not be
carried out within 25 metres of the explosive store.
9.10.8 A plan showing details of the drilling pattern, hole depths and charge weight should
be prepared for each blast. There should be sufficient copies for all those who may
be involved in the blast and for fire records.
9.10.9 If a surface blast is using a large number of small diameter holes then variations
from the planned charges may be allowed at the shot firer’s discretion. Such
variations must be recorded.
9.10.10 In surface blasts employing deep, large diameter holes, heavier individual charge
weights will be required. Planning of borehole placement followed by precise
survey and measurement of the completed layout together with observation of rock
condition will become necessary in these circumstances. Less variation from the
calculated charge weight is permitted under these conditions. The shotfirer must
refer any situation calling for such variation to the site management.
9.10.11 Before explosive is deposited at the point of use a check must be made of the depth
of each shot hole to ensure that it is drilled to the correct depth and free from
obstruction. The site management should be informed of any serious departure from
planned arrangements. Corrective measures must then be taken before any explosive
is delivered to the point of use. The use of steel drill rods or metal tools to dislodge
jammed cartridges is not permitted as there may be a risk of premature ignition.
9.10.12 No new shot hole should be drilled in a socket or an existing shot hole left from a
previous blast. This creates a severe form of hazard and firing personnel should be
warned of the hazard involved and of the need constantly to be on guard against the
possibility of such hazard.

9.10.13 No one should be allowed to approach a misfired shot until a period of at least 5
minutes has elapsed in the case of electrical shot firing and not less that 30 minutes
in the case of shots fired by safety fuse.
9.10.14 It is essential that the shot firer informs the site management of the misfire and
erects danger notices giving warning of its location of the misfire. Barriers, as are
necessary, must be erected to prevent any person approaching the location.
9.10.15 In mines and quarries the recording of a misfire is a statutory requirement. This
procedure should also be adopted on drilling sites and the circumstances of the
occurrence and the location of the misfire recorded in a written report to the site
management or in a special book provided for that purpose.
9.10.16 When drilling in a tunnel, the blasted area should not be entered to start drilling until
the area has been cleared of noxious fumes from the explosion. Drilling should not
recommence at any face after blasting until the face has been scaled off and
examined for unexploded charges by the shot firer.
9.10.17 Personnel should familiarise themselves with the procedures for the evacuation of
an area when explosives are to be detonated. A whistle or siren may be sounded for
the site to be cleared. When this warning is heard, personnel should take proper
cover in an authorised sheltered area, not just behind the drill. Flying rock and
debris can travel a long way. Ensure that the appropriate PPE is worn.
9.11 Waterwell Drilling
Great care must be taken to avoid contamination of the water in the well or borehole and to
ensure that there is no contamination of the sub-soil or surface in the immediate vicinity of
the borehole during the process. The following safety precautions will help to prevent
contamination.
9.11.1 No fuel or oil must be allowed to contaminate the surface at the site.
9.11.2 The medical history of those who will be employed on site must be assessed to
minimise the risk of infecting the well and the end user of the well.
9.11.3 Blood tests should be carried out on personnel to determine whether they are
carriers of one or other of the group of bacteria causing enteric fever. When blood
tests show a positive result which is not attributable to preventive inoculation, then
that person should not be employed on the process unless repeated examination of
his urine and stools, on at least three occasions at weekly intervals, fails to reveal
the presence of pathogenic bacteria. Personnel developing attacks of diarrhoea
should be suspended from duty until medical assurance is obtained supported by
biological evidence if necessary, that they may resume work with safety. It may be
useful to consult the local Medical Officer for Health in this connection or the water
undertaking’s medical advisor.
9.11.4 Standing arrangements should be in force to ensure that all personnel involved in
this type of work process are examined by a medical officer at intervals of not more
than three years.
9.11.5 When repairs or other works are being undertaken in a well or borehole the water
supply from this location should be taken out of service and pumped to waste. After
the work has been completed and personnel and equipment withdrawn, pumping to

waste should continue and the water not passed to supply until bacteriological
examination of the untreated water does not show any danger of contamination. In
very exceptional circumstances when it is not possible to interrupt the supply,
greatest care and precautions should be taken to ensure that chlorination or any
other suitable treatment is adequate to prevent any risk of waterborne infection.
9.11.6 Personnel should be trained to recognise the importance of preventing

contamination of wells. Smoking and spitting within the well vicinity must be
prohibited. Personnel must be provided with appropriate safety footwear and
protective clothing which should be disinfected by washing in a solution of
bleaching powder or sodium hypochlorite containing not less than 1% (10,000 ppm)
available chlorine each time the wearer enters the workings.
9.11.7 Where pumps or other machinery have been removed from a well or borehole for
cleaning or repair, they should be thoroughly cleaned with chlorinated water
containing at least 0.002% (20 ppm) of free chlorine before being replaced. New
pumps or other machinery should be treated in a similar manner before being
installed in the borehole.
9.11.8 Strict attention must be paid to sanitary arrangements on the site. Suitable welfare
facilities should be provided commensurate with the number of people on the site
and the duration of the drilling contract and so placed as to prevent contamination of
the well or the boots and clothing of personnel. Where portable (no-mains) toilets
are used special care should be given to their maintenance, cleanliness and disposal
of their contents. They should be serviced regularly in accordance with the
manufacturer’s recommendations. Reference should be made to HSE Construction
Information sheet No. CIS59 for further information. Additional welfare
information is contained in Section 13 of this manual.
9.11.9 When maintenance work is to be carried out in a completed borehole chamber, a

responsible supervisor must carry out a test for poisonous or asphyxiating gases.
9.11.10 Before the chamber access lid is removed all sources of ignition on site must be
extinguished. All engines within a distance of 7.5 metres must be stopped.
9.11.11 If any gas is detected, it must be dispersed to atmosphere safely with the aid of an
appropriate air blower.
9.11.12 Access to the chamber can only be allowed when it is completely free of hazardous
gases.
9.11.13 In case of a further build up of gas an approved type of gas detector, with a constant
visual check and an audible warning when a predetermined level of gas is reached,
must be available.
9.11.14 Training in emergency evacuation should be given to personnel and correct site
procedures established.
9.11.15 Acidisation of the well to improve aquifer yield is often carried out and, because of
the use of acid in this process, a number of special safety measures are required to
be in force. Handling the acid demands planning and care from members of the drill
crew. Carbon dioxide gas is produced and significant quantities may be evolved
creating a significant asphyxiation risk in enclosed or confined spaces. Reference
should be made to the information regarding risk to health contained in sections 6 of
this manual. The head works may come under the Confined Space Regulations.

The following bullet points are also considered relevant:
• Personnel must wear gloves, overalls and boots of acid resistant material.
The legs of overalls should be worn over the boots, not tucked in
• As an additional precaution, an acid proof apron should be worn over the
overalls
• Eye protection must always be worn and a full-face mask is preferred to
goggles
• Ensure that washing facilities are available and that an eye bath and / or an
eye irrigation bottle with fresh liquid is readily at hand
• Always pour the acid into the water. NEVER pour water into acid – if this
is done it may “explode” and spray acid in all directions
• Acid solutions are very searching and will seek out and leak from any
weak point in the system that is not evident when pumping water or mud
fluids
• If acid splashes on to the skin, wash it off with plenty of water. Any acid
in the eyes should be washed using an eye bath or an irrigation bottle. If
acid was splashed onto the eye it is recommended that medical treatment
shall be sought
• After completion of the injection of the acid, no work, which involves
handling the in-hole injection equipment, should be carried out until all the
effects of the acid treatment have dispersed. Depending on the strength of
the acid used, this may involve a wait of up to 24 hours.
9.12 Ground Source (Geothermal)
The Ground Source Heat Pump Association in conjunction with the British Drilling
Association has produced the following guidance;
• GSHPA Shallow Ground Source Standard,
• GSHPA Vertical Borehole Standard
Other publications are available are the Microgeneration Installation Standard MIS3005.
The Environment Agency has also produced a Good Practice Guide.
It is strongly recommended that the client employ someone with design and installation
experience. Information is available form the GSHPA.


SECTION 10
SITE ABANDONMENT AND REINSTATEMENT
10.0 Introduction
When ground intrusion is completed, it is important that the site is restored to a safe condition
such that no hazards are left that would pose a danger to people, animals or other habitat. The
following practices will assist in this.
10.1 Boreholes and Trial Pits
10.1.1 Open boreholes and trial pits must never be left unattended. Even a 100mm hole
could create a tripping/stumbling hazard or somewhere for a small animal to become
trapped. In cases where a borehole cannot be permanently filled-in or capped, it
should be securely covered over and fenced to denote its location. Trial pits that have
to be left open should be securely fenced.
10.1.2 Unless a borehole/trial pit is required to be kept open for a specific purpose, it should
be backfilled, consolidated (and capped where necessary) in such a manner that there
will be no subsequent depression at ground level due to the settlement of the infill
material. It is usual for the Client/client’s engineering representative to specify
reinstatement details in which case such instructions should be followed. Where no
instructions are given, best practice is as described below.
10.1.3 Excavated material from trial pits should be stored according to the various soil types
as dug so that subsequent reinstatement will return the ground as close to its original
state as possible. Filling should be done in layers, consolidating each 200 mm layer
with the bucket of the excavator, or, if the trial pit is hand dug, consolidation should
be achieved with a rammer. Boreholes are usually filled with arisings, or other fill-
mixtures comprising cement, PFA or bentonite in accordance with the design
specification. When filling with arisings or granular material, care should be taken to
ensure that voids do not form. This is best achieved by dry fine material introduced
gradually into the hole. Grout preparations should be poured through a tremie pipe
placed at the base of the borehole with the bottom of the pipe being slowly raised as
the grout is placed. The normal mix for PFA/cement grout is 10:1 with a water /solids
ratio of 10:4.
10.1.4 Boreholes should be sealed to prevent a pathway for water to ingress into
underground services and tunnels etc. If grout shrinkage could cause water ingress
then the use of bentonite/cement/water grout is recommended.
10.1.5 Before grouting commences the anticipated amount of grout mix needed to fill the
hole should be calculated (by multiplying the depth of the borehole by the cross
sectional area of the borehole). The reason for this is to determine the extent of any
voids that the drilling operation may have caused or encountered. The lead driller
should record on the daily log sheets full details of the mix used and depths of
placement together with the amount of grout loss. Excessive grout loss (e.g. >25%)
should be reported to the engineer/geologist straightaway such that a review can be
made.
10.1.6 Where waste arisings have to be removed from the site it is advised that this is
arranged with a specialist waste contractor. This will obviate the need for the
driller/contractor to hold a Waste Carrier's Licence. Waste Transfer Notes must be
generated and retained regardless of who the carrier is. Contaminated ground waste

will require chemical analysis prior to being taken off site in order to determine the
nature of the contaminant, its concentration and to which licensed landfill site it
should be taken. Soil samples are excluded from the Waste Management
requirements but care should be exercised when transporting contaminated soils to
ensure that fumes/vapours do not pose a hazard to the driver and passengers of
vehicles.
10.1.7 Boreholes drilled through coal measures must be sealed as detailed in Section 10.2 of
this manual unless alternative instructions are given by the Coal Authority.
10.1.8 Surface standpipes should be withdrawn or cut at least 1 metre below ground level
prior to infilling the borehole.
10.1.9 Capping pads should be placed at least 1 metre below ground level.
10.1.10 Mud pits should remain securely fenced and clearly signposted until emptied,
backfilled and consolidated. Any impervious membrane should be removed before
restoration. Consideration to securely covering any mud pit must be made and the
location will play a significant part of this determination.
10.1.11 The site should be left in a safe, clean and tidy state with all gates and fences left as
found.
10.2 Sealing Of Boreholes Which Intrude Coal Seams
Serious incidents have occurred by virtue of drilling operations that have penetrated
unworked coal and former coal workings. This Section is a reproduction of Section
10.8 of Guidance on Managing the Risk of Hazardous Gases when Drilling or
Piling Near Coal, a Coal Authority publication.
Open boreholes, which intersect unworked coal and former coal workings, are a
pathway which can allow potentially hazardous mine gases to emanate at the
surface, and furthermore can allow the ingress of air which could trigger a
spontaneous combustion event.
On completion of each borehole it should be temporarily plugged or sealed pending
permanent sealing at the earliest practicable opportunity, having regard to the
proposals for operational needs and site stabilisation. Boreholes left open for
monitoring purposes must be provided with a cap or seal pending permanent sealing
upon abandonment. Where indications of a spontaneous event are detected the hole
and any workings encountered should be grouted immediately, having regard to the
fact that monitoring equipment may need to be installed down hole, to assess
whether the incident has been contained.
All temporary plugs, caps and seals must be robust, effective in preventing the
movement of gases in or out of the borehole and tamper proof if being left on an
unsecured site.
For site investigation and other non treatment holes permanent sealing should be
affected with suitable cement based material and should have the following
properties:
• Be throughout the full depth of the borehole.

• Be injected through a grout pipe/tremie from the bottom of the hole upwards
• Contain suitable and sufficient swelling material, such as bentonite, to inhibit
shrinkage and

• Ensure a good seal with the sides of the borehole.
• Once set, should be chemically inert.
For boreholes drilled for the treatment of mine workings, permanent sealing should
be affected with the specified infill grout. This should be injected until the grout
overflows at the surface and then the casing should be pressurised to ensure the hole
is completely full.
If any grouting materials contain blast furnace cement or fly ash they should meet
the waste quality protocols as detailed on the Environment Agency’s website
http://www.environmentagency.gov.uk/business/topics/waste/32154.aspx or
http://www.wrap.org.uk for information.
10.3 Health and Safety Information
Where the CDM Regulations apply, drilling contractors may have to provide information
regarding the sealing and reinstatement of boreholes to the person responsible for compiling
information for the Health and Safety File. In all cases the method of backfilling and capping
etc of boreholes, should be recorded on the drillers daily log. It is further recommended that
photographs are taken to show the condition of the reinstatement on its completion.

SECTION 11
DRILL RIG AND AUXILARY PLANT MAINTENANCE
11.0 Introduction
The object of planned maintenance is to enable appropriate preventative measures to be taken

so that the performance of the drilling unit will not deteriorate to an extent that could
prejudice the safety of the drill rig crew and efficiency of the drilling rig.
Correct maintenance procedures for each type of rig are contained in the manufacturer’s
operating manual. As a member of a drill crew, it is your responsibility to make yourself
aware of the contents of such manuals. This will help you contribute, according to your skill
and level of responsibility, towards keeping the drill rig in good safe order.
REMEMBER : A WELL MAINTAINED DRILL IS A SAFE DRILL.
Whenever a drill rig fails under operating conditions, there is always risk. Keeping your rig in
good operating condition helps to reduce that risk. This gives added safety to all concerned
with the rig.
Never carry out maintenance alone on a rig because your personal safety will be at risk.
Maintenance should only be carried out with the rig power switched off. The principle of
protecting personnel from dangerous parts of machines must be practised.
When there is a need for maintenance personnel to work on a drill rig or its ancillary
equipment in the working area or danger zone, and this involves activation of one or more of
the machine’s functions and the work cannot be carried out with the machine power switched
off, such work will only be done under the following conditions.
• There shall always be two persons present, both being fully instructed on the
relevant safety issues. One shall supervise, from the operator’s position, the safety
of the person doing the maintenance work
• The supervising person shall have immediate access to the emergency stop at all
times
• Communication between the maintenance person and the supervisor at the
operator’s position shall be established in a reliable manner
• Only when the machine is shut down completely and means of starting has been
isolated is a person allowed to perform maintenance and repair work alone on the
drill rig or ancillary equipment
11.1 Drill Rigs
Operational reliability of the drilling unit depends to a high degree on regular checks and
maintenance. This means that maintenance must be carried out to a carefully prepared plan.
This plan should set out the appropriate time intervals for the maintenance work to be carried
out. The plan should also include the necessary documentation to record the work undertaken.
The maintenance plan documentation should include the following:-
• A listing of all the checks and maintenance actions required

• Time intervals between various checks and actions
• Spaces to record when each action is carried out and by whom
• Space to record comments
• Space to record breakdowns or component failures

It is extremely important that all breakdowns or component failures are recorded as they
occur, in order to allow failure analysis. Such failure analysis may eventually lead to revision
of the maintenance procedures. A typical planned maintenance chart for a drill unit is
included in Appendix I of this manual with the objective of giving guidelines for building up
a programme for any specific drill unit. When building up a planned maintenance programme
reference must be made to the maintenance information contained in the manufacturer’s
manual.
11.1.1 Cleaning, repair, maintenance, greasing of drill rigs or the topping up of fuel and oil
tanks should only be carried out whilst the rig is shut down and cooled.
SHUT OFF ENGINE!
11.1.2 If maintenance or inspection involves running a petrol or diesel engine in a

workshop all the doors and windows to the workshop should be opened, and even
then the engine should only be run for short intervals to avoid a build up of
dangerous fumes. It is preferable that an extension exhaust system be utilised to
extract fumes to the outside atmosphere.
11.1.3 All plant should be kept clean and free from mud and dirt. In the winter snow and
ice should be removed immediately.
11.1.4 When major dismantling of heavy components is necessary, ensure that the correct
lifting equipment is available and used. This type of maintenance should be carried
out in a workshop.
11.1.5 If it is necessary to work underneath a machine, or leave it in an incomplete state,

the ignition key must always be removed and an appropriate notice placed in a
prominent position near the ignition or starting switch.
11.1.6 When high pressure grease guns are being used, protective gloves must be worn.
Care must be taken not to inject any grease under the skin.
11.2 Hydraulic Installations
Most drill rigs currently in use are partially or totally powered by some form of hydraulic
system. In most cases the hydraulic system is integral with the drill rig construction. In others,
the hydraulic power supply is provided from a remote power pack.

These hydraulic systems, because of the fluid flows and pressures, present potential hazards
(Refer to 7.1 of this manual). Pneumatic installations shall comply with the requirements of
EN ISO 12100:2010, 6.2.10 and EN ISO 4414:2010.
Attention to the following should assist in reducing risk to personnel and improving the
efficiency of the system.
11.2.1 Hydraulic pipes, hoses and fittings shall be clearly marked with the rated working
pressure and shall meet the requirements of BS EN ISO 4413 and BS EN ISO 4414.
11.2.2 Where there is a risk that a hydraulic hose can burst adjacent to operators, the hose
in this area shall be guarded.
11.2.3 Flexible hoses intended for use at pressures higher than 15mpa. must be fitted with
swaged ends.
11.2.4 Pipes and hydraulic hoses which have to be disconnected in operation must be fitted
with self-sealing couplings with built in check valves.
11.2.5 Hydraulic hoses and pipes shall be separated from electrical wiring and be protected
from hot surfaces and sharp edges.
11.2.6 Non-toxic hydraulic fluids must always be used.
11.2.7 Where there is a risk that a rupture of a hose or pipe at the operator's position could
cause hazard to the operator, the hoses and pipes in this area shall be provided with
protective guards in accordance with EN ISO 3457:2008, Clause 9.
11.2.8 Ensure that effective contamination control measures are in place. Most failures of
hydraulic equipment can be traced to contamination of the hydraulic fluid.
Depending on the nature, size and amount of the contamination, it causes loss of
efficiency, component and seal failure. The contamination may be particles of solids
or the product of fluid degradation.
Always clean or replace hydraulic system filters as directed in the operator’s manual
or planned maintenance schedule.
11.2.9 Daily, check hydraulic system for fluid leaks and if found rectify immediately.
External leakage is caused by:-
• Damaged seals and gaskets

• Loose pipes or hose joints
• Damaged hoses and pipes
• Damaged components
• Incorrectly tensioned nuts and bolts
• Vibration
11.2.10 Regularly, check fluid level in hydraulic tank and top up with correct grade of fluid
as recommended by the manufacturer. Ensure that tanks and drums containing
hydraulic fluid are stored in a clean, dry, cool place and that they are sealed
effectively. Always clean around caps or plugs before removal. Ensure that all tank
covers, filling hoses and funnels are kept clean. Where possible, use a portable
filtration unit for filling and topping up. Always change the hydraulic fluid in the
system as directed in the operator’s manual or the planned maintenance schedule.

11.2.11 Do not alter or exceed hydraulic system relief valve settings as recommended by the
manufacturer.
11.2.12 Fluid degradation is caused by running at excessively high temperatures leading to
gummy deposits of sludge being formed in the fluid; accidental ingress of water into
the system, or air bubbles being trapped in the system causing erratic operation.
• Check fluid temperature in hydraulic tank by means of fitted gauge

• Sample fluid from tank on a regular basis and check
• Listen for noise in system indicating air presence and erratic operation
11.2.13 Ensure that air breathers are kept clean and are suitable for the environmental
conditions expected to be encountered
11.2.14 Before carrying out any maintenance on the hydraulic system, ensure that any
residual pressure in the system is released safely. The system should also be non-
operational unless performance testing or authorised running adjustments are being
carried out.
11.2.15 Fire resistant hydraulic fluids should be used to reduce fire risk where reasonably
practicable and subject to the approval of the rig manufacturer.
11. 3 Wire Ropes
11.3.1 Regular inspection of wire ropes in service is essential if a high standard of safety is
to be achieved. It should be remembered that wire ropes are required to meet the
requirements of LOLER. Reference should be made to Section 7 of this manual. A
thorough inspection of all wire ropes in use should be made daily and the results
recorded on file which should be readily available. Personnel must be competent to
carry out the inspection.
11.3.2 Ensure that the wire rope is correctly selected for the particular drilling operation to
be carried out and is in accordance with the safety factor and end termination types
as specified in BS EN 16228.
Detachable rope end terminations that consist of wedge type sockets shall be in
accordance with EN 13411-6:2004+A1 or EN 13411-7:2006+A1.
Rope end connections using wire rope clamps are only permitted for free fall
applications and they shall comply with Annex E of BS EN 16228.
11.3.3 Any deterioration resulting in appreciable loss of original strength, such as any of
those described below, found during an inspection should be recorded and the wire
rope discarded. Reference should be made to BS EN 16228 for checking and
discarding procedures.
• Reduction of wire rope diameter below nominal diameter due to loss of core
support, internal or external corrosion, or wear of outside wires
• In any length of diameters the total number of visible broken wires exceeds 5% of
the total number of wires in the rope
• Corroded or broken wires at the end terminations
• Corroded, cracked, bent, damaged, worn or incorrectly fitted end terminations
• Severe kinking, crushing, cutting or un-stranding
• Heavy wear and / or broken wires may occur in sections of the wire rope in contact
with equaliser sheaves or other sheaves where rope travel is limited, or with saddles.
Particular care should be taken when inspecting ropes at these locations

All wire rope that has not been used for a period of a month or more due to shut
down should be given a thorough inspection before it is put into service again. This
inspection should cover all types of deterioration and should be carried out by an
authorised competent person whose approval must be given and recorded before
further use of the rope.
Particular care must be taken to address all the above points when inspecting non-
rotating ropes.
11.3.4 When wire rope is removed from service due to defects, it should be clearly marked
or identified as being unfit for further use and discarded. Alternatively rendered
unusable before discarding to prevent unauthorised use or misuse.
11.3.5 Upon receipt of wire ropes, whether they arrive in coil form or on reels, it is
advisable to examine and if necessary remove the outer protective wrapping. This
wrapping may have become wet during transit and, if left on the rope, local
corrosion may appear in the course of time. Wire ropes should be stored in a dry
place, preferably off the floor on well seasoned timber.
11.3.6 Rope delivered in reel form should have the reel jacked up to turn freely in order
that the rope can be unwound in a straight line from the reel. Provision should be
made to stop the reel rotation by some form of braking device.
When rope is delivered in coil form, it should be unrolled along a smooth surface
and protected from unnecessary bending and abrasion. If the rope cannot be
stretched out straight, it should be arranged in a long narrow ‘U’ or a series of ‘U’s
with as wide a radius for the turn of the ‘U’ as possible. During the handling of the
wire rope it should be manipulated so that its natural twisting action will not cause it
to kink.
11.3.7 When fitting a replacement wire rope, ensure that it is of the same type and
specification recommended by the manufacturer and of the correct safe working
load.
11.3.8 Care should be exercised when installing new wire ropes on winch drums and over
pulley wheels, in order to ensure that there is even tension on the new rope being
pulled round the system. Sharp bends should be avoided and the rope must be kept
clear of dirt and abrasive materials. The rope should be kept tensioned and evenly
wound on to the winch drum. When the rope is being wound on to the drum it
should not be touched by hand. Protective gloves must be worn when handling wire
ropes.
11.3.9 On Cable Percussion rigs, in order to prevent crushing the rope, where a drum
divider is used, there should not be more than four turns on the working section
when the drilling tool is at the deepest point. Overruns should be avoided by correct
winch operation.
11.3.10 The rope should be securely fastened in the drum as specified by the rig
manufacturer, and a minimum of three turns of rope kept on the drum at all times.
11.3.11 All wire ropes should be thoroughly lubricated with the correct wire rope dressing
as originally treated and kept lubricated during its working life.
11.3.12 If the drill rig is kept in storage outdoors for any length of time, the wire rope must
not be left on it. It should be removed and put into correct storage.

11.3.13 Rope end terminations i.e. sockets, rope grips. eyes and other parts used in
connection with wire ropes must be of good quality, correct size and strength and
installed in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer.
11.3.14 Socketing, splicing and sizing of wire rope should only be carried out by an
authorised competent person. All eye splices should contain the correct size rope
thimble.
11.3.15 When rope grips are being used on wire ropes they should be installed as per the
instructions and dimensions contained in BS EN 16228. See Appendix L of this
manual.
11.3.16 When a wedge socket type of termination is used, the dead or shortened end of the
rope should be clamped with a rope grip, or otherwise made secure against
loosening.
11.3.17 Winch wire rope should not be looped, knotted or kinked around itself or any other
object except a correctly designed component.
11.3.18 Lifting hooks or shackles should be attached to the wire rope by means of a swivel
connection with the appropriate safe lifting capacity.
11.3.19 Whenever possible, new wire ropes should be run in under light load for a short
period after installation in order to allow for adjustment to working conditions.
11.3.20 Sudden severe stresses are detrimental to a wire rope and such conditions should be
reduced to a minimum. A jerk line may be clamped to the drilling line when it is
necessary to carry out jarring operations to reduce the imposed stress on the drilling
line.
11.3.21 Personnel must be kept at a safe distance from the hoisting, lowering and pulling of
wire ropes. The wire ropes should not be straddled or reached across for if a break
occurs, serious injuries can result. When hoisting, lowering or pulling the lead
driller must be constantly alert at the controls.
11.4 Pumps and Compressors
11.4.1 Flushing Pumps
Pumps are an important part of the drilling unit, requiring regular maintenance, which should
be carried out in a planned fashion. This will assist in ensuring good performance, a reduction
in breakdown time and maintain a high level of safety. A typical planned maintenance chart is
included in Appendix I of this manual, with the objective of giving guidelines for the building
up of a program for any type of pump unit. In doing this, reference must be made to the
manufacturer’s manual for the particular pump under consideration. The following points
should also be taken into account.
• Ensure that the pump is set up on firm level ground

• Keep the suction line as short as possible and ensure that a correctly sized suction
strainer is fitted. Check that all pipe and hose joints are tight and free from leakage
• Ensure that all safety guards are fitted to moving parts
• Ensure that the unit is fitted with a pressure relief valve, pressure gauge and a
system of shut off and bypass valves
• Before starting the pump, check that the rotation to the pump input shaft is correct

• Periodically check the pump output by means of a flow meter to ensure that it is
correct.
11.4.2 Air Compressors
Air compressors are used to supply compressed air as a borehole flushing medium. In
addition they may be used to supply compressed air to power the prime mover of a drill rig or
flushing pump. They have to be meticulously maintained in order to be efficient and safe. A
suggested planned maintenance chart is included in Appendix I of this manual to assist in
building up a program. Reference must also be made to the manufacturer’s manual. The
following should also be noted.
• Maintenance work must not be carried out with the engine running unless a
competent person is carrying out performance testing of the compressor or making
running adjustments
• Before carrying out maintenance, ensure that the battery is disconnected in order to
avoid unintentional starting. Ensure that any stored compressed air is safely released
to atmosphere
• Check that all air supply hoses are of the correct type and pressure rating suitable
for the output of the compressor and the application
• Check that all air hose couplings are tight and be observant for air leaks. Do not
look for air leaks by passing hands over the possible leak
• Ensure that hose restraints are in good condition and fitted correctly
• Never direct compressed air at yourself or others
• If a compressor protective device shuts down the engine during operation, it is
essential to locate the fault and rectify it before attempting to start up the
compressor again
Compressors must also be examined in accordance with a Written Examination Scheme
drawn up by an independent competent person.
11.5 The Use and Maintenance of Electrical Equipment on Site
Many items of electrical equipment are used on site and, if not used correctly, can cause
hazard to the user or to personnel in the vicinity. The following suggestions will assist in
reducing the risk to all. Reference should be made to HSE Guidance Notes HSG150 Health
and Safety in Construction.
11.5.1 Rig wiring must be installed in such a manner that protects it from abrasion, from
being trampled upon or from being burned by hot pieces of equipment. It should be
insulated to resist weather, chemicals and handling and should be replaced if
damaged. All cable connections must be properly made. Makeshift wiring is not
permitted. Under no circumstances must insulation tape alone be used to protect any
repair or to join extension cables. An authorised electrician shall only carry out
work on electrical equipment.
11.5.2 The correct extension cables must be selected to cope with wet and rough conditions
expected on drilling sites. Extension cables, when used on site, must be routed so as
not to cause tripping or similar hazards. Only correctly constructed cable couplers,
for flexible cables and joints, should be used and they must provide the same
mechanical and dielectric strength of the original cables.
11.5.3 Electric cables should not be strung from derrick or mast steel sections but should
be correctly supported by approved cable hangers and fasteners. All cables should

be routed so that they cannot be damaged when the rig is operating or while heavy
drilling tools are being moved.
11.5.4 When cables pass through drilled holes in steelwork structures, the holes should be
fitted with a suitable protective bush.
11.5.5 When armoured cable is used, the outer armoured member should be correctly
terminated into an armoured grip gland.
11.5.6 110 volt equipment or less must be used on site. The exception to this being the
installation and use of borehole pumps which must be installed and used in
accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.
11.5.7 All portable tools, cables etc. should be identified and regularly inspected and
maintained by a competent electrician. Check equipment before use for any signs of
damage and report any defects immediately. Portable electric tools should operate at
110 volts, centre tapped to earth and be equipped with three-wire earth type leads
and appropriate plugs. Portable electric tools may also be of the double insulated
type.
11.5.8 All electric plugs, sockets, outlets and couplers for 110 volt single phase operation
must be three pin type. For 110 volt, three phase operation, four pin type must be
utilised. All sockets, outlets and couplers for 110 volt supply should be identified by
the colour yellow.
11.5.9 There should be an adequate number of plug sockets positioned around the rig,
where possible, to eliminate the need for long extension leads.
11.5.10 A competent person must maintain all electrical apparatus on a regular basis.
11.5.11 Electrical control panels should be correctly constructed and earthed. The backs of
the panels should be guarded and securely fastened.
11.5.12 Electric generators should be located with particular attention to their alignment,
accessibility for maintenance and prevention of being a potential ignition source. An
experienced electrician should set up the generator, and the drill crew instructed in
its correct care and use. Portable generators should be regularly inspected and
tested. If fitted with an earth rod, the connections must be maintained in good
condition.
11.5.13 All electrical equipment including lights, switch boxes, electric motors and
generators should be efficiently earthed. Earth wires are for the protection of
personnel and should not be disturbed. They should be regularly maintained.
11.5.14 Fuses of the correct current rating and voltage to suit the circuitry and equipment
must be used. Fuse boxes should be of the circuit breaker type to ensure that the
power is switched off before the fuse is removed.
11.5.15 Water is a good conductor of electricity therefore great care should be taken using
steam or water to wash down equipment near electric motors.
11.5.16 Whenever possible, site electrical supplies shall be protected by residual current or
other such protective devices.

11.5.17 Only fire extinguishers approved for electrical fire should be kept or used near
electrical equipment.
11.5.18 Do not lift or pull equipment by the power cable because the connections may
become broken and create a hazard.
11.5.19 Only authorised personnel should operate power supply switches on electric
powered drill rigs and auxiliary plant.
11.5.20 When operating electrical equipment, personnel should proceed according to their
operating instructions and take no chances. If the rig or equipment does not operate
correctly, it should be stopped and isolated from the power supply and the
immediate supervisor informed.
SWITCH OFF BEFORE YOU OPEN!
11.5.21 Any lighting used on site or on the rig must be weatherproof, and protected from
accidental damage. Fixed lamps on masts and derricks should be equipped with
reflectors or shields that should be located to minimise glare that can hinder vision.
11.5.22 Lights should be directed towards the object to be illuminated but away from the
eyes of members of the drill crew. No light or floodlight should be mounted that
will cast a blinding light on anyone approaching or leaving the working area, or
working in the vicinity.
11.5.23 Substantially constructed and securely fastened wire cages should be attached to
lamp fixtures, to prevent lamps or their enclosures falling in the event of them
becoming detached.
11.5.24 Broken or burned out bulbs should be replaced immediately. The electric supply
must be turned off before removing or replacing bulbs.
11.5.25 When there is the possibility that the borehole may encounter flammable gas, special
precautions regarding electrical equipment in the vicinity of the borehole must be
taken. Such electrical equipment must meet the requirements of the ATEX Directive.
Sections 5.1.6 to 5.1.9 of this manual provide further information regarding working
in potential gaseous areas. The following points are also relevant.
• All electrical equipment including motors, switchgear and generators subject to

arcing, located within 15 metres of the borehole, should be explosion protected

• All lighting units and switches and controls in the working area, should be explosion
protected
• If hand lamps are used on the rig, in the area where there is the possibility of the
presence of combustible gas, they should be explosion protected and guarded
11.5.26 In case of an electric shock, ensure that the electric supply is switched off
immediately. If breathing has stopped, initiate artificial resuscitation immediately.
Do not touch the casualty before the electric supply is switched off. If this is not
possible, free the casualty by means of insulating gloves where they are provided for
this purpose. If not available, use items made of non-conductive material such as
rubber, dry wood etc. Call for an ambulance and continue artificial resuscitation as
long as required or until the ambulance arrives. The loss of time in applying
artificial resuscitation can be fatal.
11.2.27 Suitable posters showing the method of dealing with electric shock should be
displayed in a prominent position in the workplace.
11.6 Use and Care of Lubricants
Careful attention to lubrication is one of the prime functions of planned maintenance. The
properties of a lubricant deteriorate as a result of mechanical working, heating and natural
ageing. Therefore it must be changed on a regular basis. Contamination of the lubricant
occurs during the working cycle and can be detrimental to the operation of the drill rig or
ancillary equipment. In addition, contamination of the lubricant can also take place during
storage, on site or when it is being transferred to the drill rig during maintenance procedures.
11.6.1 Always remember to:-
• Use the correct grade of lubricant and only use clean, dry, containers for lubricant
transfer. Ensure that containers of lubricants have lids or caps replaced after use
• Keep filler cap strainers clean and wipe up any spillage of lubricating oil
• Clean grease nipples before use and ensure that grease gun nozzles are clean
11.6.2 Do not:-
• Mix differing grades or types of lubricants as some are incompatible

• Let water enter storage containers
• Use dirty funnels for lubricant transfer
• Forget to replace filler caps and grease nipple protective caps after use
11.7 Care of Drill Rods and Tubular Products
Drill rods and tubular products are designed to give long life and trouble free safe service, if
great care is taken when using them. Damage incurred by careless handling, making up or
disconnecting threaded joints can severely shorten their working life and reduce their safety in
use.
11.7.1 Always use drill rods and tubular products manufactured to the dimensions and
physical properties defined in the appropriate National and International Standards.
Select the drill rod and tubular products size and specification appropriate for the
intended use.

11.7.2 Always clean each pin and box thread before use and ensure that threads are free
from burrs before connecting together.
TREAT RODS CAREFULLY!
11.7.3 Always use recommended thread lubricant before connecting together.
11.7.4 When engaging threads under power always use low torque and low rotational
speed.
11.7.5 Check drill rod and casing outside diameter (OD) for wear at appropriate intervals,
and discard when OD wears down to the discard limit specified by the
manufacturer. Using worn rods reduces safety.
11.7.6 Check straightness of rods, casings and corebarrel components periodically. Discard
bent units as continuing use can set up dangerous rotational forces.
ALWAYS CHECK FOR SIZE!


SECTION 12
MAINTENANCE – WORKSHOP AND SITE.
12.0 Introduction
This section of the manual is intended to highlight the safety measures required when
carrying out certain maintenance oriented tasks in a workshop or on site. Attention to the
following will assist in reducing hazards and contribute to improved safety in the workshop
and on site.
12.1 Workshop Housekeeping
12.1.1 Ensure that access routes are planned and deliveries are programmed thus ensuring
that over stocking does not create additional hazards. Storage areas should be
clearly defined and compounds securely fenced.
12.1.2 The workshop should be kept clean and tidy with clear and safe access maintained
around working areas.
12.1.3 Lighting must be appropriate and adequate for the work to be carried out.
12.1.4 Ensure that heating and ventilation is available. If necessary, extraction equipment
may be required for special processes being carried out in the workshop.
12.1.5 All fire exits must be clearly signed and kept clear. Appropriate fire extinguishers
must be in place and correctly maintained. For further information refer to Section
14 of this manual.
12.1.6 Materials and equipment must be correctly stored. Return equipment to its storage
area when not in use.
12.1.7 All electrical equipment must be inspected on a regular basis and any defects should
be reported immediately and the equipment quarantined until repaired.
12.1.8 All spillage of oil, water and other fluids must be cleaned up immediately and
disposed of correctly.
12.1.9 Do not use machines or pieces of equipment unless specifically trained in their use.
12.1.10 Always wear the relevant protective clothing and equipment for the work being
carried out.
12.1.11 Do not obstruct or deface any notice displayed that gives safety instructions.
12.1.12 Ensure that welfare facilities are kept clean and tidy.
12.1.13 First aid facilities should be in place and maintained on a regular basis.
12.1.14 Dispose of any waste material correctly on a regular basis as work proceeds.
12.1.15 Any inspection pits or openings in the floor must be securely covered when not in
use.

12.1.16 Debris or rubbish must not be disposed of by burning, unless full agreement has
been received from the Local Authority and precautions have been taken to prevent
fire spreading to adjacent premises or property. Fires must not be left unattended.
12.1.17 No substance or material giving off toxic or noxious fumes, or leaving toxic
residues, must be disposed of by burning.
12.1.18 Where debris or rubbish is disposed of in skips, the contents must not be burned in
the skip. The skip should only be lifted by means correctly designed for that
purpose.
12.2 Welding and Cutting
12.2.1 Only trained and authorised operators should use welding equipment or burning
equipment.
12.2.2 Flashback arrestors must be fitted to gas regulators where appropriate.
12.2.3 Assessment of risk to health from welding, cutting or burning operations must be
available before work commences. No painted metal will be cut or welded until
advice is obtained as to whether any special safety precautions are required.
12.2.4 No welding, cutting or burning operations will be carried out in confined spaces
until advice is obtained from a safety advisor. Reference should also be made to
HSE Guidance Notes HSG139 The safe use of compressed gases in welding, flame
cutting and allied processes.
12.2.5 Electric welding equipment will be used in accordance with the relevant standards
especially with regard to isolation, earthing and wiring. All arc welding cables and
connections must be sound and in good condition with the earth connection
correctly made.
12.2.6 In case of an electric shock, ensure that the electric supply is switched off
immediately. If breathing has stopped, initiate artificial resuscitation immediately.
Do not touch the casualty before the electric supply is switched off. If this is not
possible, free the casualty by means of insulating gloves where they are provided for
this purpose. If not available, use items made of non-conductive material such as
rubber, dry wood etc. Call for an ambulance and continue artificial resuscitation as
long as required or until the ambulance arrives. The loss of time in applying
artificial resuscitation can be fatal. Suitable posters showing the method of dealing
with electric shock should be displayed in a prominent position in the workplace.
12.2.7 Appropriate protective clothing, e.g. gloves, boots, overalls, aprons, eye protection
etc. will be worn at all times during operations.
12.2.8 Operators must not wear personal jewellery whilst carrying out welding, burning or
cutting.
12.2.9 Ensure that adequate fire precautions are in place before work commences. Check
the work area to ensure that it is free from combustible material. Following
completion of the work and for a short period afterwards check the area for possible
smouldering debris.
12.2.10 Check and maintain the equipment on a regular basis in accordance with the
manufacturer’s instructions. Provide protection for others by the use of screens etc.

12.2.11 Special precautions will be required if any work has to be carried out on tanks or
containers. The mixture of gases in drums, tanks or other containers can be highly
explosive and before cutting or welding advice should be obtained from the safety
advisor.
12.2.12 Ensure all equipment is in good condition and that all connections are correctly
made to prevent gas leaks into the working area.
12.2.13 Ensure good ventilation during working operations at all times.
12.2.14 Consider if a “Hot Work Permit” is required.
12.2.15 Cutting or welding of containers that have held flammable materials is not to be
permitted as this can result in a significant and possibly fatal explosion.
12.2.16 Pressure should not be left in hoses if the work is interrupted or completed. Valves
on the oxygen and acetylene cylinders should always be shut off.
12.2.17 A spark-lighter should always be used to light the torch. Do not use a match,
cigarette lighter or hot metal.
12.2.18 Live or earth wires should not be allowed to come in contact with cylinders. An arc
should not be struck on a gas cylinder.
12.2.19 Gas cylinders should be handled with care. They should not be allowed to fall over
or drop. They should not be rolled in a horizontal position.
12.2.20 Cylinders should not be placed where falling objects may damage them, nor should
they be exposed to direct rays of the sun or other heat source that may cause
excessive rise of temperature.
12.2.21 Store equipment and gas cylinders correctly when not in use. Refer to the HSE
guidance leaflet INDG308 The Safe Use of Gas Cylinders, and also to the LP Gas
Association Code of Practice No.7 The Storage of Full and Empty LPG Cylinders.
Keep cylinders upright and secure during storage. Oxygen cylinders should not be
stored near reserve cylinders of acetylene or other types of fuel gas or to oil, grease
or other combustible material. When in use they should not be placed where oil
might come in contact with them. Because of the danger of spontaneous
combustion, no lubricating oil or grease of any kind should be applied to any valve,
piping or equipment used in oxygen service. All pressure gauges must be marked
with the type of gas they are suitable for.
12.2.22 When in service, cylinders should be secured at all times, preferably in correctly
designed racks or cylinder trolleys. Unless correctly supported, the cutting or
welding apparatus should not be left attached when cylinders are being moved
round the workshop or site.
12.2.23 When cylinders are not in service, valve protector caps should be fitted.
12.2.24 Only hot water should be used to remove ice and snow from gas cylinders. Never
use a naked flame.
12.2.25 A cylinder valve must always be purged by opening and closing the valve quickly
before installing the regulator.

12.2.26 Oxygen valves must always be opened by hand, never with a hammer or wrench.
Acetylene cylinder valves must always be opened with the key supplied for that
purpose. The regulator adjusting screw should be completely loosened before
opening the cylinder valve, as the diaphragm may rupture under tank pressure.
12.2.27 The correct pressure reducing regulators must always be coupled to oxygen and
acetylene cylinder valves. They should never be interchanged. Manifold units have
the regulators included in the assembly.
12.2.28 Oxygen and acetylene valves should be opened gradually at first so that regulators
and pressure gauges are not damaged. The operator should stand to one side when
opening the valve.
12.2.29 Oxygen cylinder valves should be fully open when in use, Acetylene cylinder valves
should not be opened more that 1½ turns, as the acetone containing the acetylene in
solution can be carried over into the hose. The pressure of the acetylene should not
exceed 15 psi.
12.2.30 Never attempt to fill one cylinder from another.
12.2.31 Cylinders should never be used as rollers or to bear loads.
12.2.32 Hoses should be stored on reels when not in use, and should be inspected once a
week for damage, wear or burns. Damaged sections of hose should be cut off and
discarded. Never repair hoses with friction tape.
12.3 Paint Spraying
12.3.1 Ensure that a site/job specific risk assessment to health has been carried out and that
protective clothing and equipment is provided for use by operatives engaged in paint
spraying operations. The type of coating to be applied, working conditions, etc.,
must be taken into account. Paint manufacturers’ material safety data sheets
regarding health and safety risks, storage etc., must be obtained and used to prepare
a written assessment of risk.
12.3.2 Check all spraying equipment, compressed air supplied, hygiene facilities,
extraction equipment, electrical equipment, fire fighting equipment at least weekly
and take action to have any defects rectified.
12.3.3 Do not eat, drink or smoke in paint spraying areas or booths.
12.3.4 Paint spraying must not be carried out inside premises other than in areas specially
constructed for the purpose and fitted out in accordance with the relevant standards.
12.3.5 All signs and notices required to ensure other personnel do not enter paint spraying
area should be displayed prominently.
12.3.6 Emergency procedures must be defined and instructions given to all personnel to
cover the event of fire, asphyxiation, accidental ingestion of paint etc. for each type
of paint spraying operation.
12.3.7 The safety supervisor must be consulted for advice on construction of new paint
spray booths, spraying in confined spaces and the spraying of the following
materials i.e. epoxy based paints or polyurethane paints (isocyanates).

12.3.8 Do not attempt to spray paint whilst using a hot air heater to dry newly paint
surfaces.
12.4 Use of Abrasive Wheels
12.4.1 Ensure that personnel using abrasive wheels are suitably trained in their use and are
conversant with the content of HSE guidance notes HSG17 Safety in the Use of
Abrasive Wheels.
12.4.2 Ensure that the wheel or disc has been correctly stored, is within the expiry date, is
correctly mounted and of the correct type for the intended operation. Also ensure
that the rotational speed is correct. A suitably competent and authorised person must
be responsible for selecting and mounting the disc or wheel.
12.4.3 The grinding machine must be inspected and regularly serviced to ensure that it is in
good condition and that the spindle speed is correct as per the manufacturer’s
instructions. Do not over speed abrasive wheels.
12.4.4 Guards must be fitted as per the manufacturer’s instructions and kept in position.
12.4.5 Eye protection must be worn when using abrasive wheels or discs.
12.4.6 Ensure protection is provided against hazardous dusts, which may be generated by
the process.
12.4.7 Avoid wearing loose clothing, especially ties, scarves or loose shirtsleeves etc.
12.4.8 Hearing protection shall be worn when the noise level is 85dB or over.
12.4.9 Associated power cables must be checked for defects. Do not use any equipment
with a defective electrical cable.
12.4.10 Ensure that the work area is kept clear of flammable materials and also of personnel
not involved in the process. Sparks ejected from a disc or wheel can cause fires or
explosion if in the vicinity of flammable or combustible materials.
12.5 Use of Chainsaws
Occasionally it may be necessary to use a chain saw to improve or open up safe access. The
following should be taken into consideration.
12.5.1 All workers who use a chainsaw shall be competent to do so. Therefore operators
must receive appropriate training and obtained a relevant certificate of competence
or national competence award. Any operative shall hold such an award where the
work is being done to clear shrubs or trees to allow access for drilling rigs or plant.
It is recommended that chainsaw operators do regular refresher/update training
(occasional users every two to three years) to ensure they work to industry best
practice and maintain their levels of competence. Reference should be made to the
HSE INDG317(rev 2) and ACoP L114 Safe Use of Wood Working Machinery.
12.5.2 In order to protect those parts of the body susceptible to chain saw injury, suitable
protective clothing must be provided and worn, no matter how small the job.

NOTE: No protective equipment can ensure 100% protection against cutting by a hand-held
chainsaw.
12.5.3 Chain saws should be fitted with anti-vibration handles to help protect against risk
of White Finger Disease. Risks associated with vibration should be reduced at
source. Refer to HSE guidance document L140 Hand Arm Vibration (Superseded
HSG88).
12.5.4 Before using the chain saw ensure that:-
• Stop switch is clearly marked and operating

• Guards are in position and in good repair
• The chain, guide bar and sprocket are in good condition
• The chain tension is correct
• The lubrication system is working
12.5.5 A competent person should inspect the chainsaw at regular intervals. If, in regular
use, they should be inspected every two months or every 200 hours of work or
before use if it cannot be determine when the equipment was last used.
12.5.6 When refuelling, fuel caps should be securely replaced and any spillage wiped off.
12.5.7 The site must be surveyed before any cutting takes place. Ensure that no one is in
the work area before cutting commences, there are no obstructions and that there is
a firm foothold. Hold the saw firmly and stand solidly on both feet. Never cut above
shoulder height.
12.5.8 Never carry a saw with the engine running.
12.5.9 Do not allow the nose of the guide to accidentally come into contact with any
obstruction. This is the main cause of kick-back which is the most common cause of
chain saw injury.
12.5.10 Working alone with a chain saw should be discouraged.
12.5.11 Ensure that a first aider or suitably trained person is available.

SECTION 13
WELFARE, HYGIENE AND ACCIDENTS
13.0 Introduction
It is a requirement of The Health and Safety at Work etc Act that every employee, whilst at
work, must take reasonable care for the health and safety of himself / herself and of any other
persons who may be affected by his / her acts or omissions. It is extremely important that
personal and site hygiene is maintained to the highest level. This section of the manual will
give valuable assistance in achieving this objective.
13.1 Welfare and Hygiene
13.1.1 Adequate and suitable protective clothing must be provided for all personnel who,
by nature of their work function, are required to work exposed to the elements i.e.
rain, snow or wind. The same protection should be provided to prevent over
exposure to the sun.
13.1.2 Under CDM Regulations appropriate welfare facilities for personnel must be made
available from the start of the site works and for taking shelter during extreme
weather conditions, for the storage, drying and changing of clothing and for taking
meals. Such accommodation shall include sufficient tables and seating for meals, a
facility for boiling water and heating food. Washing facilities to encourage personal
hygiene should be provided. All personnel should be encouraged to wash before
eating food. A useful guide “Provision of welfare facilities during construction
work” CIS59 has been published by HSE to assist companies comply with the CDM
Regulations.
13.1.3 Washing, kitchen and wastewater must be discharged into a sewer or a suitable
sump built into the welfare unit. This is to eliminate risk of contamination of
streams or watercourses.
13.1.4 All waste paper, cardboard, clothing, timber, oily rags, cotton waste, garbage and
waste food must be placed in containers for transport to recognised waste disposal
sites. Refer to section 6 of this manual. Empty cans, bottles, plastic containers,
drums, scrap metal, wire ropes etc. should also be placed in appropriate containers
and disposed of correctly.
13.1.5 Suitably sited and ventilated toilets, housed to provide privacy, must be made
available for use of all personnel on site. Where possible, toilets should be
connected to the mains drainage system and should be water flushing. Where this is
not practical, use facilities with built in supply and drainage tanks. These toilets
must be regularly serviced and the contents disposed of according to the
manufacturer’s instructions. All personnel should be encouraged to wash after using
the toilet facilities. Refer to HSE Construction Information Sheet CIS59 for further
information. On transient construction sites, up to a week, or is carried out at one or
many locations, or is of a longer duration carried out while moving over a
continuous geographical area, eg major road or cable route investigations etc, or
where the work activity is a long way from the site permanent welfare facilities or
portable installations on site, the use of mobile welfare vans is recommended but if
unavailable public toilet facilities are acceptable provided:-
• They are readily accessible to the workplace and open at all relevant times
• Be at no cost to the employee

• Be of an acceptable standard in terms of cleanliness and have hand
washing facilities
Personnel need to be made aware of the arrangements to use them and be informed
of their location in advance of the work starting.
13.1.6 Drinking water must be made available in suitable, clearly labelled, storage
containers to ensure that they are easily distinguished from stored non-drinking
water. Non-drinking water containers must also be clearly labelled as such.
13.1.7 Oil saturated clothing is a fire and also a health risk in that it can cause skin
irritation. Such clothing must be changed as soon as possible and cleaned in the
correct manner or disposed of. It must not be allowed to remain hanging in any of
the site facilities.
13.1.8 Appropriate precautions must be taken when working in areas infested with rats e.g.
foul sewers, drainage systems and streams to ensure that personnel do not contract
Weil’s Disease. Weil’s Disease is reportable under RIDDOR.
13.1.9 Advice must be sought from the local water authority and their Medical Officer of
Health prior to working in, or on, sewers or on waste disposal (landfill) sites.
Comprehensive information regarding drilling on landfill sites is contained in
section 5 of this manual and also in the BDA publication Guidance Notes for the
Safe Intrusive Activities on Contaminated or Potentially Contaminated Land. When
working in these locations, rubbing of the nose or mouth with the hands must be
avoided. On completion of the work, hands and forearms must be thoroughly
washed with soap and water. Any clothing and boots, which have become
contaminated, must also be washed, cleaned and disinfected. Any cut, scratch or
abrasion should be cleaned, treated with an antiseptic and completely covered until
healed.
13.1.10 It is advisable that all members of drilling crews receive regular anti-tetanus
injections and always carry the anti-tetanus card on their person.
13.1.11 Relatively harmless materials can cause irritation leading to more harmful effects by
repeated or harmful exposure. Every effort must be made to avoid inhaling dust,
fumes or smoke. Should such conditions arise suitable personal protective
equipment must be supplied to all personnel. This equipment is considered in detail
in Section 13 of this manual.
13.1.12 Prolonged or repeated contact of the skin by substances, chemicals, oils or other
fluids can be harmful. Under these circumstances the application of barrier cream in
addition to normal PPE is advisable.
13.2 Personal Protective Equipment and Clothing
13.2.1 All personnel must be protected from any hazard likely to be encountered whilst
carrying out any work on the drilling site. Protective clothing, footwear and other
equipment must therefore be made available to all, maintained in good order and
replaced when necessary. Such protective equipment and its application must be in
conformance with the requirements of the Personal Protective Equipment at Work
Regulations. Guidance as to the application of these regulations may be found in
HSE Guidance Notes L25. There should be a written procedure for the routine issue
of PPE. This should also include a statement with regard to the arrangements for
subcontractors.

BE PREPARED!
13.2.2 All personnel involved in drilling activity are advised to wear close fitting clothing,
preferably distinctive bright coloured overalls. Such clothing should be kept clean
by frequent washing, and a clean change of clothing for each crew member should
be available on site at all times. The use of clothing with draw strings and the use of
scarves, ties etc. should be discouraged as they may become entangled with rotating
parts. For the same reason, personnel with long hair must always wear a hair net in
conjunction with their safety helmet.
13.2.3 In accordance with the Company’s risk assessment, safety helmets should be worn
at all times by members of the drill crew and visitors to the site. These items must
be periodically checked for damage. Safety helmets should be replaced at intervals
as recommended by the manufacturer. This may typically be after two years of use,
but it could be more frequent or longer than this depending on use and storage. The
date of manufacture is normally embossed on the helmet. Reference should be made
to the HSE Guidance document CIS 70.
WEAR YOUR SAFETY HELMET!
13.2.4 When working on, or adjacent to the public highway or rail tracks, high visibility
jackets with fluorescent markings must be worn at all times. On rail tracks they must
be to the approval of the operating rail authority.

13.2.5 It is recommended that gloves be worn whenever practicable. They prevent minor
injuries when handling rough parts or skin irritants. Note that a wide variety of
gloves are available. The correct gloves need to be selected to reduce risks from the
hazards identified.
13.2.6 It is recommended that rig personnel don’t wear finger rings or bracelets while
taking part in drilling activity.
13.2.7 Eye protection is very important. An eye injury, no matter how slight, should
receive prompt medical attention. Even a slight eye injury may lead to serious
complications.
13.2.8 The correct type of eye protection must be provided and should be maintained in
good condition on each drilling site. Personnel must wear approved safety glasses or
goggles when chipping, grinding, scraping, buffing, breaking or cutting any metal or
material that involves a flying chip hazard. It is also extremely important to wear
appropriate eye protection when air flush drilling.
13.2.9 Contact lenses should not be regarded as a form of eye protection.
13.2.10 Eye protection affording complete coverage must be worn when dust hazards exist
or when using compressed air or steam to clean machinery or equipment. To ensure
maximum protection and comfort, eye protection equipment used must be properly
adjusted to the individual’s face. Rubber gloves, a rubber apron and chemical
goggles must be worn when hazardous chemicals or materials are to be handled.
Any exposed skin must be treated with a suitable barrier cream.
13.2.11 When excessive fogging of lenses of goggles or glasses occurs, various types of
antifogging compounds are available for application to the lenses to limit fogging
condition.
13.2.12 There must be readily available an adequate supply of suitable eye wash for washing
out eyes should eyes become contaminated. Refer to Section 13 (First Aid) of this
manual.
13.2.13 When welding activity is being carried out, protective shields must surround the
area. Special goggles to protect against harmful light rays must be worn by anyone
who must work in the proximity of the welding operations.
13.2.14 In order to meet the requirements of the Noise at Work Regulations, adequate
hearing protection must be provided and be worn by all personnel required to work
in high noise level zones. Information and guidance regarding these regulations may
be found in the HSE publication L108 Controlling Noise at Work.
13.2.15 Employees must be Face Fit Tested to ensure the correct fit of dust mask.
Employees using paint sprays must always wear respirators designed for such use.
13.2.16 There are special requirements for personal protective equipment when involved in
horizontal directional drilling. These special requirements are contained in section 9
of this manual.
13.2.17 Safety Harnesses should be inspected in accordance with the requirements set out in
the European/British Standard BS EN 365.
The scope of the inspection regime is to identify defects or damage affecting safety.

• Pre-use checks. These should be carried out each time a harness or lanyard is
used. These checks are essential and may be best done by the person who will
use the equipment. The person doing the checks must be competent to do them.
Pre-use checks should be tactile and visual. The whole piece of equipment
should be subject to checking by passing it slowly through the hands e.g. to
detect broken, damaged or softening/hardening of fibres, ingress of
contamination etc. The visual check should be carried out in good light.
Research shows the vital importance of pre-use checks and regular documented
inspections of fall arrest equipment. A one millimetre deep nick or cut in the
edge of a webbing lanyard can result in between five to 39 per cent loss of
strength. Ingress of dirt and UV can also cause damage to the fibres of the
webbing, resulting in a similar loss of strength
• Interim inspections. These are in-depth inspections and may be appropriate in

addition to pre-use checks and detailed inspections. Interim inspections are
those which are required to be carried out between detailed inspections, because
the duty holder’s risk assessment has identified risks that could result in
significant deterioration affecting the safety of the equipment before the next
date of the detailed inspection. Whether interim inspection needs to be carried
out will depend on use, as will the frequency of any interim inspections
necessary. Examples of situations where interim inspections may be appropriate
include risks from transient arduous working environments involving paints,
chemicals or grit blasting operations; or acid or alkaline environments if the
type of fabric the equipment is made from cannot be determined. Some fabrics
offer low resistance to acids or alkalis. Interim inspections should be recorded.
• Detailed inspections. These are more formal in-depth inspections, which are
carried out periodically at minimum intervals specified in the duty holder’s
inspection regime. A competent person should draw up the inspection regime.
Detailed inspections should be recorded. It is recommended that there is a
detailed inspection at least every six months. For frequently used equipment it is
suggested that this is increased to every three months, particularly when used in
arduous environments (e.g. demolition, steel erection, scaffolding, steel skeletal
masts/towers with edges and projections).
13.2.18 Safety boots with steel toe caps and a reinforced midsole must be worn on site by all
site personnel and visitors. Trainers, ordinary shoes, boots and wellingtons do not
provide sufficient protection.
13.3 First Aid and contents of First Aid Box
Employee numbers should not be the sole basis for determining first-aid needs. A greater
level of provision may be required when fewer people are at work but are undertaking more
high-risk tasks such as construction, drilling or maintenance work. Employers should provide
sufficient cover for the various circumstances that can occur. The BDA recommends that all
site personnel receive emergency first aid training such that in the event of injury or illness
immediate assistance is to hand.
Sites where 25 - 50 persons are employed should have at least one qualified Emergency First
Aider at Work (EFAW) or First Aider at Work (FAW). Sites with more than 50 should have 1
FAW for every 50 employees.
BDA Audit requires that the Lead Driller is a qualified EFAW.
The findings of the first-aid risk assessment will help decide how many first-aiders are
required. There are no standard rules on exact numbers as contractors will need to take into
account all the relevant circumstances of their particular site.

A qualified first aider is a person who holds a certificate of competence in first aid at work.
Where the risk assessment identifies first aiders are required, they must be available at all
times when work activity is being carried out. Foreseeable absences and holidays must be
taken into consideration and the appropriate cover continued. Employers should also consider
what cover is needed for unplanned and exceptional absences such as sick leave or special
leave due to bereavement.
Where the risk assessment identifies that a first aider is not necessary, the employer must
appoint a person to take charge of the first aid arrangements, including looking after the first
aid equipment and communicating with the emergency services if necessary. Training in first
aid is recommended for any appointed person and indeed for all personnel who work in small
groups.
13.3.1 Provision of first aid on any construction, drilling site or workplace is a requirement
of the Health and Safety (First Aid) Regulations. Assistance as to how these
regulations are applied may be obtained from information and guidance contained in
the HSE ACoP. L74 First Aid at Work. In addition, injuries, diseases and dangerous
occurrences must be reported to the appropriate person or authority in accordance
with the requirements of RIDDOR. Guidance on these regulations is available in a
HSE guidance document L73.
13.3.2 Where the site work involves higher level hazards such as chemicals, dangerous
machinery, or special hazards such as confined spaces, first-aid requirements will be
greater. On such sites the contractor is required to inform the local emergency
services, in writing, of the site where hazardous substances or processes are in use.
The contractor must also provide sufficient numbers of qualified first-aiders so that
someone is always available to give first aid immediately following an incident. On
such sites additional training for first-aiders to deal with injuries resulting from
special hazards must also be provided. A notice must be clearly displayed naming
such person or persons and also detailing instructions regarding the making of
emergency telephone or radio calls.
13.3.3 Where a site is remote from emergency medical services, employers may need to
make special arrangements to ensure appropriate transport is available. This vehicle
may have to transport the injured person to the site entrance where access to the
emergency services is not practical. Employers should inform the emergency
services, in writing, of their location or alternatively ensure site personnel can give
the emergency services exact details of the sites location. Someone should be able to
direct the emergency services from the site entrance to the accident scene.
13.3.4 On hazardous sites such as drilling sites a sufficient number of first aid boxes must be
supplied, one to each drill rig. These boxes shall be distinctively marked “FIRST
AID” and be placed in charge of a responsible person(s) who shall be readily
available and whose name(s) shall be prominently displayed on or near each box. e.g.
Site Office or Site Welfare Vehicle. It is also recommended that a route plan/map
showing the nearest A&E Hospital or doctor’s surgery is available.
13.3.5 In deciding on the site first-aid provisions, contractors will need to take account of
different work activities. The particular needs of young workers, trainees, pregnant
workers and employees with disabilities or particular health problems, where known
(eg asthma, diabetes, peanut allergy, epilepsy or a history of heart disease), should be
addressed (noting other relevant legislation accordingly). For example, using the age
profile of your workforce as a crude indicator can help you identify the likelihood of
employees being at greater risk of developing heart conditions.
There is no mandatory list of items to be included in a first-aid container.

Employers may wish to refer to British Standard BS 8599 which provides further
information on the contents of workplace first-aid kits. Whether using a first-aid kit
complying with BS 8599 or an alternative kit, the contents should reflect the outcome
of the first-aid risk assessment.
The suggested content of the first aid boxes is given in BS 8599, which must be
protected from dust and water, and is shown in the following table.
WORKPLACE FIRST AID KITS

BS 8599 : Part 1
Table 1
S M L T Description
1 1 1 1 Guidance leaflet e.g. HSE Leaflet INDG347(rev2)
4 6 8 1 Medium sterile dressing. 7.5cm width by 2m (minimum) with absorbent

pad 12 by 12cm
1 2 2 1 Large sterile dressing. 10cm width by 2m (minimum) with absorbent pad 18
by 18cm.
2 3 4 1 Triangular bandage. 20 gsm of a non-woven material or cotton, not less
than 90 by 90 by 127cm.
6 12 24 2 Safety pins. 2.5cm long
2 3 4 1 Sterile eye pad dressings. 5cm by 1.5m stretched length or elasticated

looped bandage with oval pad 7 by 5cm.
40 60 100 10 Sterile adhesive dressings. Water resistant, individually wrapped.
Minimum surface area 7.5cm2. Pad 20% of area.
20 30 40 4 Alcohol free wipes. 80 cm2
1 1 1 1 Adhesive tape. 2.5cm by 5m. (3m for travel kit)
6 9 12 1 Nitrile gloves. BS EN 455-1 & BS EN 455-2. Large size.
2 3 4 0 Sterile finger dressings. 3.5 by 30cm stretched with a dressing pad of 3.5
cm2
1 1 2 1 Resuscitation face shield with one-way valve.
1 2 3 1 Foil blanket. 130 by 210cm.
0 0 0 1 Eye wash. Sterile. Minimum effective volume 250ml.
1 2 2 1 Burn dressing. Water based gel-soaked dressing, 100 cm2
1 1 1 1 Scissors capable of cutting leather.
1 2 2 1 Conforming bandage. 7.5cm by 4m stretched length.
Low hazard areas <25 = 1 small kit; 25 – 100 = 1 medium kit; >100 = 1
large kit.
High hazard areas <5 = 1 small kit; 5 – 25 = 1 medium kit; >25 = 1
large kit.
Travel kit is designed for one person.
First Aid kits do not contain eye wash pods/bottles but sterile eye wash pods should be
included.

NOTE: Most First Aid contents and eye wash solutions have an expiry date and therefore the
contents should be audited and restocked as required. Care should be taken to dispose of
items safely when the contents pass their expiry date.
13.3.6 It is sensible for contractors to provide first-aiders and appointed persons with a
book or form in which to record incidents they attend. Any such book or form
should be kept in accordance with the requirements of the Data Protection Act.
Where there are a number of first-aiders working for a single employer, it would be
advisable for one central book to be used, though this may not be practicable on
larger, remote or well spread out sites.
The information to be recorded should include:
• date, time and place of the incident;
• name and job of the injured or ill person;
• details of the injury/illness and what first aid was given;
• what happened to the person immediately afterwards (for example, went back
to work, went home, went to hospital);
• name and signature of the first-aider or person dealing with the incident.
Additional requirements are necessary for working over water. These are contained in
Appendix G of this manual.
HSE no longer approves first-aid trainers.
It is recommended that Training Providers have an appropriate award from organisations

recognised by Ofqual, the Scottish Qualifications Authority (SQA) or the Welsh Government.
Employers may obtain appropriate training from the Voluntary Aid Societies, who together
are acknowledged by HSE as one of the standard-setters for currently accepted first-aid
practice as far as they relate to the topics covered in EFAW and FAW training courses.
The Voluntary Aid Societies are St John Ambulance, British Red Cross and St Andrew’s First
Aid.
13.4 Accidents and Dangerous Occurrences
13.4.1 All aspects of the recording and reporting of accidents on the drilling site, base
depot or any place of work activity must be carried out in accordance with the
requirements of RIDDOR. Assistance to comply may be found in the HSE
Guidance Notes L73. All injuries, no matter how trivial, must be recorded in the
Site Accident Book.
13.4.2 All fatal accidents and those resulting in injury requiring hospital treatment, to
personnel or members of the public arising from or in connection with work
activity, must to be notified as soon as possible e.g. telephone, to the authority
responsible for enforcing the Health and Safety at Work Act in the area of the work
activity. Written confirmation on the appropriate approved form must be made
within fifteen days of the accident.
Employees must be retained in hospital for at least 24 hours before notification to
the appropriate authority is required. Fatal accidents must be reported to the Police
immediately. Usually the Police would inform HSE.
13.4.3 Less serious accidents to personnel at work, that result in absence from work for
more that seven consecutive days must to be notified to the appropriate authority
within fifteen days. Accidents where injured persons are absent from work for more
than three days must still be recorded.

13.4.4 The employer is required to report and keep records of all work related diseases as
determined by a doctor.
13.4.5 All employers are required to keep and maintain records of all notifiable accidents
and dangerous occurrences.
13.4.6 Employers must insure against their liabilities under civil law arising from claims by
employees for compensation for injuries caused by their work. Reference should be
made to the Employer’s Liability (Compulsory Insurance) Regulations.
13.5 Infectious Diseases
Drilling activity is carried out in areas where there is a possibility of contact with infectious
diseases with the ensuing risk to the health of personnel. The following are some such
diseases:-
• Tetanus
• Hepatitis
• Weil’s Disease
• Lyme Disease
• Legionellosis
• Typhoid
• HIV
• Foot and Mouth Disease
If there is the slightest indication of a member of the drill team feeling unwell or showing
symptoms that cause concern, medical assistance must be sought.
The HSE has published a leaflet advising employers, employees, self-employed, safety
representatives, first aiders etc. on how to avoid exposure to blood-borne viruses such as
hepatitis and HIV. The HSE guidance leaflet is INDG342 Blood-borne Viruses in the
Workplace: Guidance for Employers and Employees.

SECTION 14
FIRE PREVENTION AND PROTECTION
14.0 Introduction
This section of the manual will assist in reducing the risk of fire on drilling sites and
associated site accommodation. Although outbreak of fire on drilling sites is relatively rare,
the potential for serious injury and damage remains high especially when substances such as
LPG and petrol are used and where personnel show complacency or ignorance of basic fire
safety rules.
HSE Guidance Notes HSG168 Fire Safety in Construction is further useful reading.
14.1 Petroleum Spirit
14.1.1 Petrol is a highly flammable liquid which can give off flammable vapour, even at
very low temperatures. This means there is always a risk of fire or explosion if a
source of ignition is present. Storage and use of petrol in workplaces is covered by
the Dangerous Substances and Explosive Atmosphere Regulations (DSEAR).
14.1.2 The use of petrol driven machinery should be kept to a minimum thereby reducing
the need to carry and store spare petrol.
14.1.3 Petrol should be kept only in an approved fuel container with a capacity not
exceeding 20 litres (Jerry Can), supplied with a pouring spout and clearly marked
"Petrol – Highly Flammable” with an appropriate hazard warning sign. Plastic
containers must be of the approved type and not exceed 5 litres capacity. A
maximum of two 5 litre containers may be kept in any vehicle, rig, boat or in any
other safe place and for this purpose any two places not more than 6m apart. Cans
should not be fully filled so as to leave space for possible expansion of the fuel.
14.1.4 Not more than 20 litres of spare petrol should be carried at any one time on a
vehicle.
14.1.5 If petrol is stored on site it should be in a secure place which is cool and well
ventilated.
14.1.6 Top up fuel tanks on petrol engines preferably when the engine is cold. If this is not
possible take special care. Always re-fuel in the open air away from sources of
ignition.
14.1.7 Wipe up any spillage and dispose of the paper towel/cloth carefully. Do not put
contaminated cleaning cloths in your pocket.
14.1.8 The amount of diesel fuel allowed to be carried in vehicles is limited to 1000L.
Diesel is now a ‘dangerous substance’ for the purposes of the Carriage Regulations.
Its UN No. is 1202. The flashpoint of diesel is much higher than that of petrol but
the basic carriage rules apply. In this case the "small load" threshold is 1000 litres.
Obviously if a vehicle caught fire or was involved in an accident which was

carrying diesel it would contribute to a fire.
14.1.9 The BDA recommend that propriety spill kits are kept with each site vehicle and
plant. Used materials are disposed of in accordance with local rules.

14.2 Fire Prevention on Site
14.2.1 All stocks of flammable fuels must be stored in a designated compound clearly sign-
posted as a NO SMOKING zone. Appropriate fire extinguishers must be kept at a
location where they can be readily obtained to tackle any fire.
14.2.2 Fuel storage tanks should be located where they will not add to a fire should one
develop. They should be bunded and, whenever possible, not sited on the uphill side
of the site but at least 50m from any controlled waters.
14.2.3 All tanks must be clearly labelled as to the contents i.e. diesel, petrol, water,
lubricating oil etc. This information regarding the contents of the tanks will prove
invaluable should a fire incident take place on the site.
14.2.4 Petrol should always be stored correctly and handled with great care. It must be
remembered that it ignites very easily, evaporates quickly and when mixed with air
becomes a highly explosive mixture.
14.2.5 Drums or containers of petrol and other flammable liquids should always be opened
by the use of the correct tool for the application. Never use a hammer and chisel to
remove caps.
14.2.6 Petrol must never be used to start a fire neither should it be used to wash overalls or
other items of protective clothing.
14.2.7 Personnel must not smoke or use a naked flame when handling petrol or flammable
liquids.
FUEL AND SMOKING

NEVER MIX!
14.2.8 If petrol is spilled on the outside of tanks or cans during filling operations, it must
be cleaned away immediately and the cleaning material disposed of correctly.
14.2.9 An approved type of fuel container must always be used to transport small amounts
of fuel to and on site. If plastic containers are used they should comply with SI1982
/ 630.
14.2.10 A funnel must be used to prevent spillage when filling tanks or cans. The tank or
can must not be overfilled and some room must be left for possible expansion of the
fuel.

14.2.11 The engine of the drill rig or any auxiliary equipment must be stopped before
refuelling, or topping up of the lubricating oil. Ensure the engine is cool before
attempting to refuel.
14.2.12 Any leaks in fuel, hydraulic pipes or tanks on the drill rig or auxiliary equipment
must be repaired as soon as they are observed.
14.2.13 In cold conditions, never use naked flames to warm engines or assist starting. Use
only approved cold starting methods.
14.2.14 Rig heaters should be of the safety type and should be periodically checked for
correct functioning. Open fires or fired equipment should be located at least 30
metres down wind from the rig. Never burn rubbish on a site.
14.2.15 Do not run fuels or oils into the borehole to loosen stuck drill rods or to loosen rod
grease that has hardened on the rods.
14.2.16 Containers that have been used for carrying or storing flammable products, and
which may contain residues of such products, must be disposed of safely.
14.2.17 All paints, spirits, varnishes etc. should be stored in approved containers, clearly
identified and kept in a cool, well ventilated store.
PUMP FUEL, NEVER POUR!
14.2.18 If welding and cutting are to take place on site then precautions as outlined in
section 12 of this manual shall be observed.
14.2.19 Where drilling has to be carried out through formations that may contain flammable
gas special precautions must be put into place to ensure that risk from fire or
explosion is controlled. These special instructions are contained in Section 5 of this
manual.
14.2.20 Oil saturated clothing constitutes a fire risk and must be changed immediately. Oily
rags and similar materials also constitute a fire risk and must not be left lying
around the drill rig or site.

HANG CLOTHES TO DRY SAFELY!
14.2.21 Ensure that temporary site accommodation and buildings are correctly positioned, of
the correct fire resistant construction and have appropriate fire precautions installed.
14.2.22 Site accommodation must be kept clean and tidy. Untidiness leads to an increased fire
risk. Smoking inside any building is illegal.
14.3 Fire Protection
14.3.1 All personnel must be made aware of regulations regarding fire together with the
chain of command and precise instructions for the procedures to be followed in the
event of fire. Provision must be established to ensure that these instructions and
procedures are reviewed periodically. Fire drills should be held on a regular basis.
14.3.2 A suitable means for raising the alarm, should a fire take place, must be provided.
This alarm must be audible in all appropriate areas of the site and take into account
noise from operating machinery and the fact that ear defenders may be worn by
personnel.
14.3.3 Training in the use of portable firefighting equipment should be considered. Fire
drills must be held at regular intervals and all personnel are made aware of the
arrangements for calling out the local fire service should the occasion arise.
14.3.4 An adequate number of the correct size and type of fire extinguishers shall be made
available on site and maintained. Each shall be inspected and tested by a competent
person at regular intervals. The results of such examinations must be entered in a log
book kept for the purpose and the equipment suitably tagged. Additionally, quantities
of dry sand housed in buckets may be provided at appropriate points if required.
Clear access to these firefighting items must be maintained at all times.
NOT KNOWING
CAUSES DELAY!

14.3.5 If the fire extinguishers are used to combat a fire they must be replaced as soon as
practical or serviced in order that fire cover is maintained.
14.3.6 Ensure that access to the site and any emergency escape routes are kept clear at all
times.
14.3.7 In order to extinguish a fire successfully, it is necessary to use the most suitable
extinguishing agent, namely one which will accomplish the task in the shortest space
of time, cause the least damage and present the least danger to personnel. All portable
extinguishers have red bodies and in order to make selection of the extinguishing
agent simpler, each extinguisher is marked with a coloured patch or band that will
identify the type of agent it contains. The following table lists the identifying colour
codes for extinguishing agents and suitability for use with various fire types. The fire
extinguisher must also carry correct instruction for use. In addition, assessment of
any electrical hazard involved must be made before selecting the extinguishing agent
to be used.
TYPE COLOUR CODE SUITABLE FOR

Water Red Most fires except those involving flammable
liquids or live electrical apparatus.
Dry Powder Blue Flammable liquids or electrical apparatus.
Carbon Dioxide Black Flammable liquids or electrical apparatus in
(CO2) unconfined spaces.
Foam Cream Most fires involving flammable liquids
Note:- Additional requirements may be necessary when working over water. These
are contained in Appendix G of this manual.
14.4 Liquefied Petroleum Gas
14.4.1 Cylinders must be stored in the open air, at ground level and in a lockable storage
area. The store must be away from any basement area, drains, excavations etc. as
LPG is heavier than air. Refer to HSE guidance leaflet INDG308 The Safe Use of
Gas Cylinders and also to the LP Gas Association Code of Practice No.7 The Storage
of Full and Empty LPG Cylinders.
14.4.2 Only those cylinders connected to equipment or in use will be kept in work areas.
Empty cylinders will be removed to the appropriate store as soon as possible.
14.4.3 Cylinders must be kept away from flammable material and sources of heat.
14.4.4 Adequate ventilation must be provided to any work area where LPG is used to ensure
no build up of harmful gases including possible leaks from cylinders. Cylinders must
be placed outside whenever possible with a piped supply into the area of use.
14.4.5 Where large quantities of LPG are used or stored, or if used in a confined space or
unusual location, the safety supervisor should be contacted for advice.
14.4.6 Equipment shall be regularly inspected and maintained, and specific checks made of
the hoses and connections.
14.4.7 Fire fighting equipment must be available in appropriate locations.
14.4.8 Heaters should be fitted with flame failure and oxygen sensing devices.

14.4.9 Transport of cylinders must be carried out in open backed vehicles with the cylinders
secured upright. The driver should have information on emergency procedures and
the vehicle should carry the appropriate type of fire extinguisher/s and warning
markings if appropriate. The driver must have a vocational training certificate if the
load to be carried is over 5 x 47kg. bottles.
14.5 Flammable Liquids
14.5.1 Ensure flammable liquids are stored in the correct type tanks or containers in
correctly defined storage areas. After use, containers must be returned to this area
when their use is completed. The use of containers should be in accordance with HSE
publication HSG51 The Storage of Flammable Liquids in Containers. Where
flammable liquids are stored in tanks, reference should be made to HSE publication
HSG176 The Storage of Flammable Liquids in Tanks. All personnel should be aware
of the hazards of handling flammable liquids. This information may be obtained from
HSE publication HSG140 Safe Use and Handling of Flammable Liquids.
14.5.2 Ensure the relevant fire extinguishers and materials are available before work
commences e.g. dry powder (blue).
14.5.3 Ensure supplies of absorbent material are available to soak up spillages and a suitable
closed metal container is available to contain waste until correct disposal can be
arranged.
14.5.4 Only use the correct containers, correctly marked, for such liquids or materials.
14.5.5 Do not use liquids for purposes other than that intended. e.g. they must not be used
for cleaning substances from skin or clothing.
14.5.6 Transportation of liquids should only be in a vehicle approved for such carriage and
then only in authorised containers.
14.5.7 Smoking is not permitted where such liquids are stored or used, and the liquids
should be kept away from any heat source or means of ignition other than that
intended as part of authorised work procedures.
DON’T SMOKE OR DROP MATCHES!
14.4.8 These liquids must not be used in confined spaces because vapour given off may
combine with the air to form an explosive mixture. Use only in well ventilated
areas.

14.4.9 Any defects in containers, equipment or storage facilities must be reported
immediately to the appropriate person.
14.4.10 Ensure statutory warning signs are displayed and in good condition and the correct
type of fire extinguishers are readily available.
14.4.11 Where there is doubt about precautions required, advice must be sought from the
safety supervisor.
14.4.12 Fire resistant hydraulic fluids should be used to reduce fire risk where reasonably
practicable and subject to the approval of the rig manufacturer.

SECTION 15
TRANSPORT
15.0 Introduction
Vehicles, including trailers, when driven on the public highway, must comply with
The Highway Code, Road Traffic Acts, and any other appropriate motor vehicle
regulations.
15.1 Movement of Drilling Equipment
15.1.1 The driver must be in possession of a current driving licence for the class of vehicle
they are going to drive. Appropriate insurance, vehicle test certificate, if applicable,
and road tax must be in place. When required by regulation, a tachograph must be
fitted to the vehicle and used. In general, tachographs must be fitted where the gross
plated weight of a goods carrying vehicle exceeds 3.5 tonnes.
15.1.2 Tachographs must be fitted to vehicles designed to carry goods with a combined
maximum authorised mass of over 3.5 tonnes and the vehicle is to be operated out
with a 50km radius (100km from 2 March 2015) from the operators base. This is the
company registered address. (Main base is not a site you are on for a few weeks).
15.1.3 There are exemptions to the tachograph regulations e.g. items such as agricultural
and utility units. Note however towed specialist plant i.e., compressors, bowsers,
rigs with integral running gear are not exempt. It is important that the regulations
are checked in detail as the requirement to use a tachograph means the UK domestic
or EC drivers hours may apply. The UK domestic drivers hours are applicable when
ever a 4x4 utility vehicle or van are driven continuously for over 4 hours by one
person. You must know the maximum authorised mass of your vehicle, trailer and
load.
15.1.4 Before travelling on public highways, the driver must check all of the vehicle
including trailers for road worthiness. This includes being reasonably clean and with
special attention to:- lights, indicators, screen wipers, registration plates, brakes,
brake lights, steering and tyre condition. If trailers are to be towed on a public
highway it is essential that they comply with the current statutory regulations
including tow bar load, weights and dimensions, brakes, lights, number plates, signs
and load limits. A safety cable to put on the hand brake must be connected, if fitted,
by the manufacturer. A safety chain between the two units is strongly advised.
15.1.5 Ensure that all loads are correctly positioned, to spread the weight evenly, secured
with appropriate fastening systems, and where necessary, wedges and chocks.
Drivers are legally responsible for their loads and vehicles road worthiness.
SECURE
YOUR
LOAD!

BUT
DON’T
HURT IT!
15.1.6 As far as practical weight should be concentrated on the towing vehicle. When you
are being loaded ensure you or the persons loading know the weight of equipment to
be transported. Make use of public weighbridges to ensure not only the correct
weight is not exceeded but that axle weights are adhered to. Weights of the driver
and any passengers have to be included in this calculations.
15.1.7 Ensure wedges and chocks are maintained whilst unloading and loading and that the
movement of part loads does not allow others to roll off the vehicle. This is not
only dangerous to personnel but results in costly damage notably to drill casings.
15.1.8 Cable tool rigs being towed are legally considered as a trailer. Only fundamental
drilling equipment can be carried on the rigs provided it can be safely secured and
does not exceed the permissible gross plated weights. It is common practice for
tools and equipment to be carried on cable tool rigs. Equipment when carried must
not exceed the Safety Carrying Capacity of the rig, the rig frame, suspension and
tyres. It is essential the rig braking system is working correctly when loaded.
Dando have indicated that their 2000 Cable Tool Rig, as supplied, is designed to
carry in total 3 tonnes, 2 tonnes for the rig leaving a maximum of 1 tonne for the
equipment. This will vary with rig types and must be checked for the unit, as must
the safe towing capacity for your towing vehicle.
15.1.9 When moving large loads the route suitability must be confirmed before attempting
to travel along it. Low loaders must consider any bridge weight restrictions, hump
back bridges, low bridges, overhead cables and tight bends. Rural roads may have
passing places to consider also.
With large, long loads it may be necessary to obtain police permission to move them
along public roads. Vehicle drivers should be familiar with the overall dimensions
and weight of the vehicle and any trailers they are moving.
15.1.10 With mobile drill rigs, the mast, when lowered, often extends beyond the front or
rear of the vehicle. Over hanging structures or equipment must be marked by
attaching a flag or light to warn other road users. Place a marker on the mast so it
can be seen from the cab. Care must be taken at T- junctions and sharp corners that
no hazard is created for other traffic. If there is any danger then a competent person
should guide the driver from a safe position. This may also require some form of
traffic control.
15.1.11 When moving large loads it is advisable to have the main vehicle lights on, even in
daylight, with flashing amber lights if the vehicle is moving at a slow pace which
other drivers may be unaware off.

15.1.12 When moving on site, the ground conditions should be checked and confirmed as
suitable. A check for overhead obstructions should be carried out before moving
onto or around the site. Measures must be taken to prevent the vehicle or trailer
from falling into any excavation, water or overrunning the edge of any embankment
or earthwork. As far as practical avoid moving on steep side ground. For units
parked on sloping ground ensure the hand brake is on, the vehicle is in gear and
wheels are chocked on any types of vehicle or trailer.
ALLOW FOR
THE
WEATHER!
15.1.13 Consider your drilling operations when positioning rigs and vehicles on site. Don’t
trap the unit into wet soft ground which you may create by the drilling works.
15.1.14 Before reversing, the driver must check the rear of the vehicle to ensure that there is
no danger. Visual and audible reversing warning signals should be fitted. A
competent person should guide the driver and warn of any danger. Both should
understand of the signals to be used. It is recommended drillers attend a recognised
vehicle marshalling course where possible. When guiding a truck or rig over sloping
ground, always stand on the uphill side. The driver is the person responsible for the
vehicle at all times. The driver must always be able to see the person assisting with
this operation. If the driver cannot see this person they must stop and wait until they
can see them.
15.1.15 Ensure that any self-propelled plant e.g. crawler or tractor, including attachments
and towed equipment is only driven by personnel who have had suitable training in
safe driving of such equipment. A specific license and or training may be required
to drive specialist vehicles on the public highway. Check with the DVLA for
specific detail.
15.1.16 When moving to a new location on site the mast or feed frame must be lowered
completely and the head moved down to its travel position to lower the centre of
gravity as far as possible. Do not travel with a partly raised mast. Unless the rig is
designed to do so do not travel with the first rod on the head or through the quill.
15.1.17 Vehicles and plant must be regularly maintained and any dangerous damage
repaired immediately along with any mechanical problems

15.1.18 If a drill and/or accompanying plant is parked overnight a secure location should be
found. If parked on a road or in a lay-by, front, rear and outline lights required by
regulation must be lit.
15.1.19 All drilling plant will be loaded or off loaded on appropriate ground and in
designated areas. It shall be loaded on and off by competent low loader drivers,
crane operators or by company personnel appointed and experienced in these
operations. If fitted, jack legs should be lowered whilst transporting the rig. Keep all
non-essential personnel or the public clear of the loading zone where practical.
15.1.20 Note the maximum length of unit to be towed is 7m plus the length of the tow bar
and connecting trailer section. On trailer units over 6m long lights or reflectors are
required along the length of the trailer.
15.2 General Requirements
15.2.1 Site transport must only be used for the work for which it was designed.
15.2.2 If a vehicle is to be used to carry dangerous substances, it must be fitted with the
relevant marking and information plates. The driver must be suitably trained and
qualified to transport the substances and articles in question. Access to a dangerous
goods safety advisor is recommended but not required. Drivers should be aware of
the limits for carrying dangerous substances to avoid exceeding the quantities that
require dangerous goods regulations to be applied.
15.2.3 Any part of a vehicle or its load that is overhanging must carry the required warning
indicator signs and in some cases lighting. Long and wide vehicles must also carry
the appropriate warning signs.
15.2.4 No person will ride in or on any vehicle unless there is correct seating provided. The
seating must be used correctly. It is a legal requirement that seat belts are worn at all
times when the vehicle is moving on the public highway. It is advisable to use seat
belts at all other times when travelling on site.
15.2.5 When unattended, vehicles should be left securely braked with the engine switched
off. The starting key must be removed and doors locked. Keep all valuables out of
site and as far as practical do not leave valuables, i.e., phones, generators, power
packs unattended or in vehicles overnight.
15.2.6 Off road refuelling should only take place in designated areas and measures should
be taken to ensure no spillage. It is strongly advised that spill kits are carried.
15.2.7 Drivers of vehicles must not consume any intoxicating liquids (or drugs unless
under medical supervision) during the working day or shift. Be aware that the
effects of alcohol consumption can remain for up to 24 hours and drugs for many
days. These substances can render a person unfit to drive and cause them to work
unsafely. The consequences to the individual and those around them can be very
dangerous.
15.2.8 Any defect in the vehicle, which affects safe handling, must be reported
immediately and rectified. Do not operate the plant or drive any vehicle you
consider to be unsafe.
15.2.9 All vehicles used on public roads must be maintained in accordance with the
manufacturer’s instructions.

15.2.10 If a vehicle is to be used for the transport of waste, the requirements of section 6.5
of this manual must be observed and a Waste Carrier’s Licence held by the operator.
15.2.11 All accidents and incidents involving owned or hired vehicles, including road taxed
drilling rigs, must be reported on a Vehicle Accident Form immediately, in
accordance with Company procedures. If the driver or passengers suffer personal
injury, no matter how small, an Accident to Employee Form must be filled in and an
entry made in the companies Accident Book.
15.2.12 In the event of an accident resulting in personal injury, injury to another person;
damage to another vehicle, to an animal (not cats, birds or vermin) other than one in
the vehicle or trailer causing the accident; to any other property on, or adjacent to,
the road, the driver must stop and give his/her name, address and insurance details
to any person having reasonable grounds for requiring them and should obtain the
same from the other party. Should, for any reason, the particulars not be given at the
time of the accident, then the circumstances must be reported to the police as soon
as reasonably practicable and within 24 hours. This is the driver’s responsibility.
15.2.13 Drivers must not use any electronic communication device whilst driving. This
includes but is not limited to mobile phones, satnavs (programming during travel) or
other devices that will distract attention from driving. Having or causing an accident
whilst using such equipment may be classified as Dangerous or Careless Driving.
15.3 Fork Lift Trucks and Telescopic Handlers
This section of the manual gives a summary of the important points when using fork lift
trucks or telescopic handlers. Comprehensive information is contained in the HSE L117 Rider
Operated Lift Trucks ACoP.
15.3.1 Fork lift truck and telescopic handlers should be selected for the anticipated type of
work to be carried out. The accessibility of access in the yard, workshop areas or
site must be considered. Conditions on site must also be taken into account. Ensure
that the rated capacity selected is adequate for the work to be carried out.
15.3.2 The fork lift truck or telescopic handler must be fitted with a visual/audible
reversing alarm, safety belts and rollover protection.
15.3.3 It is strongly recommended that only trained operators are allowed to drive fork lift
trucks. Training should be given to a nationally accepted standard. The CITB. CTA
Card is one example. The minimum age for issue of a CITB card is 18 years.
However the ICC (Intermediate Construction Certificate) allows persons to start
training at an earlier age.
15.3.4 The fork lift truck or telescopic handler must not be loaded in excess of the
manufacturer’s recommended safe working load table. Driver operators must know
the weight of the equipment they are lifting. Not knowing this weight is the cause of
many incidents.
15.3.5 Ensure that the load is stable and that driving operations are carried out smoothly. If
pallets or stillages are used, they must be well maintained and free from damage.
15.3.6 Drivers, and those involved in fork lift truck or telescopic handler operations, must
wear the appropriate personal protective equipment which should include head
protection, safety footwear and high visibility clothing.

15.3.7 Ensure that all personnel are clear of the load to be lifted, during lifting and when
travelling.
15.3.8 Fork lift trucks and telescopic handlers must be serviced in accordance with the
manufacturer’s manual (which should be readily available). Inspection should be
carried out weekly and the inspection report must record any faults and the actions
taken to rectify the faults.
15.3.9 The operator of the fork lift truck or telescopic handler should:-
• Carry out and record a daily user check before use every day
• Remove keys from the machine when leaving it unattended
• Space the forks to suit the load, place the forks completely under the load
and check that it is well heeled. The load should then be lifted with the
forks tilted slightly back
• Keep the forks approximately 300mm above the ground when travelling
• Ensure that the load is in front when travelling up a gradient and behind
when travelling down a gradient. Do Not travel across gradients. The carry
capacity of the forks is severely affected and reduced by the angle of
slopes and the height of the load
• Secure unstable loads before moving around on site e.g. a lashing to be
placed around drums being carried on a pallet. Ensure the driver can see
where he is going and his view is not obstructed by the load
• Not allow any person to use the forks or any platform on the forks as a
working platform. Personnel must not stand between the load and any
fixed object
• Personnel must not stand under the elevated load
• When parking, tilt the forks forward and rest them on the ground
15.3.10 Banksmen should be over the age of 18 and medically fit with good hearing and
eyesight. They must be familiar with any communication system or signals used in
association with the machine’s operation. They should be sufficiently trained in the
workings of the machine to be able to direct the driver as necessary.
15.3.11 Passengers must not be carried on the forks or any other place on the plant not
designed to carry passengers.
15.4 Dumper Trucks
15.4.1 Only trained and certified operators shall be allowed to drive dumper trucks.
15.4.2 Dumper trucks used on drilling sites must be fitted with a correctly designed Roll
Over Protection Structure (ROPS). There should also be a seat belt fitted that must
be worn by the operator when driving.
15.4.3 The dumper must not be used on slopes greater than stipulated in the manufacturer’s
manual. As a guide, the maximum slope on which a dumper can operate is 1 in 6
(9o).
15.4.4 When using a dumper the operator should:-
• Never leave the vehicle unattended with the engine running. The operator
must always remove the keys when leaving the vehicle

• Always sit when machine is in motion and wear the seat belt provided. Do
not carry a passenger unless there is a fixed passenger seat with seat belt
• Drive at a safe speed on allocated routes and always be aware of other
persons and vehicles on site
• Always travel up and down slopes with the load above the driver and
engage low gear to travel down steep slopes. Never travel across steep
slopes
• Whilst the skip is being loaded, engage the handbrake, switch off the
engine, dismount and stand well clear of the machine
• Stack the load in the dumper so that forward vision is not impaired,
ensuring that any projecting load is clearly marked
• Park on level ground with the handbrake on. Chock wheels if parked on
sloping ground
15.5 Hired Plant
Where plant is hired, the following should be taken into account:-
15.5.1 The plant and any associated equipment should be selected to be suitable for its
intended use with appropriate certification.
15.5.2 The plant and its equipment should be correctly maintained and supplied in a safe
working condition.
15.5.3 Operators must be suitably trained in the correct use and maintenance of the plant.
15.5.4 Any faults found with the plant at any time should be immediately reported to the
plant hire company.
15.5.5 Ensure all airline connections to compressors etc., are fitted correctly - tight and
have wire restraints or similar fitted.
15.5.6 Plant and vehicles should be treated with respect with every effort made to keep
secure and free from any damage which has to be made good on return at notable
cost. (Plant Hirers charge for very minor items).
15.6 Tachographs & Working Time
15.6.1 UK domestic and EEC Rules are often applicable to transport activity associated with
GI works particularly with regard to driving requirements and hours. These are
extensive and should be determined in detail for your precise vehicle and plant.
Vehicle handbooks indicate weights that can be carried and trailer weight you must
be aware of these for your unit. The following are key points you must consider as
you may be breaking the Law and this could be critical if you have an accident.
15.6.2 Without a Tachograph
i.e., vans/4 wheel drive vehicles not exceeding 3.5 tonne at any time.
Maximum driving time, with rests, 10 hours per day.

If driving time exceeds 4 hours per day the maximum working day is 11 hours
(including driving time)
If driving time is less than 4 hours the maximum working day is not determined.

15.6.3 With Tachograph
Published Tachograph rules apply to each week and commence at midnight on

Sunday. If used at any time during the week however short the period, the rules for
Tachographs apply to the whole week.
When using a Tachograph you may work/drive for 13 hours per day with the
regulation breaks, but you must have a clear 11 hour break before starting work on
the following day.
The Tachograph unit, if fitted, need not be used if the vehicle is less than 3.5 tonnes
or when the towed unit which require the Tachograph to be fitted is not being towed.
Drivers must however keep a record of all driving hours.
When operating with the Tachograph in use driving hours, including non tachograph
driving time, must not exceed 90 hours over a 2 week period.
15. 7 Driving Age Restrictions
Refer to your driving licence to determine the classes you are allowed to legally
drive.
Aged 17 or older - generally vehicle weights up to 3.5 tonne.
Aged 18-21 years you can generally drive special licensed vehicles, i.e.,
rotary type rigs up to 7.5 tonnes.
Aged 21 years and over you can generally drive specially licensed vehicle, i.e., rotary
type rigs over 7.5 tonnes.
(Different and special license categories are required for many vehicles and trailer
combinations that fit the above generalisations)
Driving Test passed before January 1997
You can generally drive up to a 7.5 tonne vehicle.
You can generally drive up to a 7.5 tonne vehicle with a trailer to a maximum train
weight of 8.25 tonnes.
Driving Test passed after January 1997
You can generally drive a vehicle up to 3.5 tonnes.
You can generally drive a vehicle and trailer with a legal train weight of less than 3.5
tonnes with a trailer weighing up to 750kg.
You can generally drive a vehicle and trailer with a legal train weight of 4.25 tonnes
but with a trailer weight of 750kg * or less.
(* To tow a trailer over 750kg in any situation you need the + E catergory on your
licence against the relevant vehicle type category i.e. B can tow up to 750 kg. B+E
can tow a trailer over 750 kg but the total combined weight must not exceed that
stated above.)

SECTION 16
MANUAL HANDLING AND LIFTING OPERATIONS
16.0 Introduction
Before any manual handling or lifting operation is carried out, the operation should
be assessed for risk of injury to the person or persons involved. Risks should be
eliminated or reduced.
Manual handling must be carried out in accordance with the requirements of The
Manual Handling Regulations and its HSE ACoP L23. HSG115 was withdrawn
however further guidance on manual handling can be obtain in INDG 143 which is
aimed at managers of SMEs. The leaflet gives useful practical advice on reducing
the risk of injury from manual handling.
One of the most important aspects of these regulations is that they specify advice as
to the maximum mass to be lifted manually and at what stage mechanical means
should be employed. With this in mind, it is therefore very important to consider the
use of mechanical means to lift and move items. All lifting operations carried out
using mechanical means shall be carried out in accordance with the requirements of
the LOLER and its HSE ACoP L113.
16.1 Manual Handling
The Regulations establish a clear hierarchy of measures:
a. Avoid hazardous manual handling operations so far as is reasonably

practicable. This may be done by redesigning the task to avoid moving the
load or by automating or mechanising the process.
b. Make a suitable and sufficient risk assessment of any hazardous manual
handling operations that cannot be avoided.
c. Reduce the risk of injury from those operations so far as is reasonably
practicable. Where possible, mechanical assistance should be provided, for
example using an excavator to carry samples across site. Where this is not
reasonably practicable then changes to the task, the load and the working
environment should be explored.
16.1.1. Assess whether the manual lifting operation can be avoided completely. Could
someone else carry out the operation. e.g. A pallet of bentonite dropped off next to
the drill rig by the delivery driver rather than the site entrance.
16.1.2. Each individual on every manual lifting task should question if they are capable of
lifting or moving the load. If there is any doubt assistance should be sought. Only
trained, competent and fit personnel should be used to carry out the lift.
16.1.3. When a large load requires to be lifted check to see if it is possible to break the load
down into smaller units. e.g. Split drill rods.
16.1.4. Do not attempt to lift loads if help is required and not available. Whenever possible
use mechanical means to lift and transport items.
16.1.5. Where the use of mechanical means is not practicable, the size, shape and weight of
the load should be assessed in order to make arrangements for safe manual handling.
Guidance on safe lifting weights is given in HSE ACoP L23.

16.1.6. When team lifting is required good communication and co-operation between the
team is required. Ideally team members should be of a similar stature and strength.
Agree on who is the leader and “caller”. The leader should discuss the detail of the
lift with the team such that all are aware of what is intended before starting the lift.
16.1.7. Before carrying the load check the route is safe, e.g free from slipping, obstructions
and trip hazards. Drill equipment must be stored tidily at a designated point to
prevent tripping hazards. The drilling process generally results in slipping hazards.
Clear drilling arisings from the route. Avoid, where practical, carrying loads over
these areas.
16.1.8. Avoid twisting or turn whilst carrying any loads.
16.1.9. Wear gloves, safety footwear and any other appropriate PPE which fits correctly.
16.1.10. Protect sharp edges of item to be lifted.
16.1.11. Arrange that the heaviest loads are storage in the most convenient position, i.e. from
knee to shoulder height.
16.1.12. Avoid long lifts and, if necessary, change grip when the load is waist high.
16.1.13. If loads are to be carried for long distances pre-arrange setting down points along
the way to allow the load to be rested however try and avoid this by dropping the
loads off next to the rig.
16.1.14. It is essential to allow sufficient rest time during prolonged periods of repetitive
lifting. Frequent short breaks are better than infrequent longer breaks.
16.1.15. Be aware of the potential for trapped fingers. Where possible use carrying devices to
avoid the possibility of trapped fingers etc.
16.1.16. Ensure that loose items are made secure to prevent the load shifting when being
carried.
16.1.17. If control of the load is lost never attempt to catch a falling load. Immediately get
hands and feet out of the load drop zone to prevent impact or crushing injuries.
16.1.18. Do not walk backwards whilst carrying loads.
16.1.19. Where possible, avoid carrying items up and down steps, ladders or rig frames.

16.2 Lifting Operations and Equipment
16.2.1 Lifting appliances such as cranes and all drill rigs, (including rotary and cable
percussion) and lifting accessories such as slings, shackles, eyebolts etc. must
comply with the requirements of LOLER. See Section 7 of this manual.
16.2.2 Lifting appliances must only be used for the purpose for which they were designed.
They should be clearly marked with their safe working load and a means of
identification. Information regarding the weight of load to be lifted must be obtained
before commencing any work.
16.2.3 Lifting appliances and lifting accessories must be maintained in good order. They
must have thorough examination certificates dated within the last 12 months for
equipment and 6 months for accessories, available for inspection. They must be
inspected at the correct time interval and results entered in the appropriate register.
Such records should be kept with the equipment or be available on site and available
for inspection on request. NB It should not be taken for granted that an “in-date”
certificate exists means that equipment is in a safe condition. A good example of
this is a shackle used with a cable tool rig. The rigors that this item receives in daily
use may mean that it is unlikely to remain serviceable for a 6 month period.
16.2.4 Any crane lifting operation must be supervised by a competent person who is
certified and authorised to carry out such an operation. Cranes shall only be
operated by trained operators over 18 years of age. For the more complex lifts a
“Lift Plan” relevant to the task in question must be prepared. The plan for any lifting
operation must address the foreseeable risks involved in the work and identify the
appropriate resources (including people) necessary for safe completion of the job.
The plan should set out clearly the actions involved at each step of the operation and
identify the responsibilities of those involved. The degree of planning and
complexity of the plan will vary and should be proportionate to the foreseeable risks
involved in the work. The “Plan” should be produced by someone who has
sufficient theoretical and practical knowledge of the work and equipment in
question, as well as an understanding of the requirements of the law.
16.2.5 Lifting equipment must not be overloaded other than for the express purpose of
conducting a test on the equipment for certification. A competent person must
conduct such a test.
16.2.6 Slinging and banksman duties must only be carried out by trained slingers /
banksmen who are authorised in writing to carry out those duties. Employees under
18 years of age must not be allowed to operate cranes nor attach slings or hooks to
equipment to be moved or lifted.
16.2.7 Before any crane is put into use, its original test certificate as constructed must be
available. This certificate must be kept with the crane or on the site of operation.
Further tests will be required periodically as prescribed by legislation or following
any substantial repairs or modification.

16.2.8 Crane drivers must only obey the signals given by an authorised person, except in
the event of an emergency when the ‘Emergency Stop’ signal may be given by
anyone and must be acted on immediately. An authorised person shall direct the
crane operator by use of the standard hand signals.
STANDARD HAND SIGNALS TO BE USED BY AUTHORISED

PERSON WHEN ACTING AS SLINGER / BANKSMAN
16.2.9 Where more than one single lifting appliance is required to raise or lower one load,
the plant shall be so disposed that no single lifting appliance shall at any time be
loaded beyond its safe working load, or be rendered unstable in the raising or
lowering of the load.
16.2.10 Before any crane is used, stability must be established. It should be securely
anchored or adequately weighted down by suitable ballast correctly disposed and
secured to the crane structure. The ground conditions on which any crane is to be
positioned must also be assessed for stability under the maximum loads expected.
16.2.11 Where necessary, due to loading or gradient, outriggers and axle locks must be used
on mobile cranes to improve stability. It is preferable that all drill rig or vehicle
mounted cranes / hydraulic handling lifting devices are fitted with stabilising
supports.
16.2.12 Self - propelled cranes must be fitted with visual and audible warning devices to
ensure that movement does not cause risk to persons working in the vicinity.
16.2.13 Warning notices must be prominently displayed in the cab of cranes working in the
vicinity of overhead power lines.

16.2.14 Loads must not be left suspended from any lifting appliance without a competent
person at the controls.
16.2.15 Operators of the lifting appliance must ensure that the weight of the proposed load is
within the rated capacity of the appliance at the radius shown by the safe load
indicator.
16.2.16 Before lifting, the lifting hook must be positioned vertically over the load. Care
must be taken to ensure that the load is free from any obstructions that it is slung
correctly and that hooks or slings are not attached to any part of the packaging of the
load.
16.2.17 Loads must never be lifted initially with the crane jib or mast, but should be lifted
with the hoist mechanism first. No load shall be lifted or moved over any person or
public area at any time.
16.2.18 Care must be taken to avoid suspended loads from swinging and the jib must not be
swung in order to reach loads beyond the jib radius. The jib must not be used to drag
a load along the ground by slewing.
16.2.19 When slewing, the load must be kept as close to the ground as practicable and care
must be taken to observe any obstructions in the way.
16.2.20 When moving a load by slewing, minimum jib radius and minimum speed must be
used. If moving along the ground with the load suspended, especially over rough
ground, the load must be kept as close to the ground as possible and travelling speed
kept to the minimum. Care must also be taken to ensure that the ground is capable
of supporting the crane and its load. Stability must be maintained at all times. If the
movement of the crane requires it to proceed round sharp or difficult corners, or
other places of danger, then visual guidance assistance should be made available.
16.2.21 Operating on a gradient should be avoided whenever possible. When it is

unavoidable, every precaution must be taken to level up the crane by using
outriggers etc. When it is necessary to travel on gradients, the jib should be slewed
in line with the chassis and the slew lock engaged. The load should be kept as close
to the ground as practicable. The crane jib should face up the gradient and be
extended to almost the safe maximum radius. Where circumstances require that the
jib faces down hill, it must be raised to almost minimum radius but still keeping the
load close to the ground.
16.2.22 No person, other than the driver, shall ride on the crane when moving. No person is
allowed to be lifted by the crane unless supported in a purpose built man-riding
cage.
16.2.23 Care must be taken to prevent falling and spillage of the materials being lifted.
Barriers or fencing must be erected, when necessary, to protect personnel or
members of the public.
16.2.24 When in use, slings and their fittings and fastenings should be inspected daily for
evidence of overloading, excessive wear or damage. Any item found to be defective
must be withdrawn from service immediately. Slings should be identified according
to the manufacturer’s specification and duly labelled.
16.2.25 Slings must be securely attached taking into account the angle of the legs, centre of
gravity, weight of the load and the attachment method. Suitable protection should be

provided between the sling and any sharp or unyielding surfaces of the load to be
lifted.
16.2.26 Slings must not be knotted or bolted together. Always use the correct length sling
for the lift and load to be carried out.
16.2.27 Correct storage facilities should be available for all slings when not in use.
16.2.28 A slinger should not normally grasp a hoisting sling or load. If it is necessary to
guide a load or sling, then a pole or guide rope shall be used. If this is not
practicable, the flat of the gloved hands should be used. Hands must be kept well
clear of all hooks, chains, ropes and slings before the crane takes the load.
16.2.29 Prepare the landing area for the load ensuring that it is clear of obstructions and can
safely accommodate the load.
ALWAYS LOWER
ON TO SUPPORTS!


APPENDIX A
ACTS, REGULATIONS, APPROVED CODES OF PRACTICE
AND STANDARDS.
The following list, whilst not exhaustive, gives some of the more important legislation that is
or may be applicable to the drilling industry in Great Britain. In other countries, reference
should be made to the appropriate national legislation.
A1.0 European Directives (EU)
• Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC (“Recast”)

• ATEX Directive 94/9/EC
• Noise Emission in the Environment by Equipment for use Outdoors Directive
2000/14/EC and 2005/88/EC.
A2.0 Acts and Regulations (UK)
Acts, Regulations and Standards are constantly subject to review and subsequent update. It is
therefore essential that for the undated Acts, Regulations and Standards listed below reference
be made to the latest published edition, including any amendment or revision.
• Health and Safety at Work etc Act
• New Roads and Streetworks Act
• Control of Pollution Act
• Environmental Protection Act
• Borehole Sites and Operations Regulations
• Chemical (Hazard Information & Packaging) Regulations (due to be replaced by
European CLP Regulations on the 1 June 2015)
• Confined Spaces Regulations
• Construction (Design and Management) Regulations (Draft ACoP for CDM
2015 Published 13 January 2015 with implementation of the amended
regulations coming into effect 6 April 2015)
• Control of Substances Hazardous to Health Regulations
• Electricity at Work Regulations
• Electromagnetic Compatibility Regulations
• Employers’ Liability (Compulsory Insurance) Regulations
• Fire Precautions (Workplace) Regulations
• Health and Safety (First Aid) Regulations
• Lifting Operations and Lifting Equipment Regulations
• Management of Health and Safety at Work Regulations
• Manual Handling Operations Regulations
• Noise at Work Regulations
• Personal Protective Equipment at Work Regulations
• Pipeline Safety Regulations
• Pressure Systems and Gas Containers Regulations
• Provision and Use of Work Equipment Regulations
• Reporting of Injuries, Diseases and Dangerous Occurrences Regulations
• Safety Signs Regulations
• Supply of Machinery (Safety) Regulations
• Working Time Regulations
• Working Time (Road Transport) Regulations
• Workplace (Health, Safety and Welfare) Regulations
The above list is not exhaustive
Appendix A – Page 1
A3.0 HSE Approved Codes of Practice, Guidance Notes and
Information Sheets.
The HSE publishes a range of documents to help the construction industry comply with legal
requirements, HSE policies and promote good practice.
Rather than attempt to list them all in this document, as they tend to be updated on a regular
basis, it is recommended that readers search the HSE website for the latest documents. Go to
http://www.hse.gov.uk and type the desired topic in the “Search” box prefixing your topic
with the word construction.
For example searching for “welfare provisions” type in “Construction welfare provisions”
will produce a list headed by the latest published document relevant to the construction
industry.
A4.0 European Standards
The following is a listing of European Standards that may provide assistance with
specific areas of safety requirements:-
BS EN 16228 Drilling and Foundation Equipment – Safety. There are 7

parts to this standard and replaced EN 791 and EN 996.
BS EN 349 Safety of Machinery – Minimum gaps to avoid crushing

of parts of the human body.
BS EN 953 Safety of Machinery – General requirements for the

design and construction of guards.
BS EN 1537 Execution of special geotechnical works. Ground
anchors.
BS EN 12348 Core Drilling Machines on a Stand – Safety.
BS EN 12402 Personal Flotation Devices. Life Jackets.
BS EN 60204-1 Safety of Machinery – Electrical equipment.
A5.0 International Standards
BS EN- ISO 22475-1 Geotechnical investigation and testing – Sampling

methods and groundwater measurements – Part 1
Technical principles for execution.

Qualification criteria for enterprises and personnel.

Conformity assessment of enterprises and personnel by
third party.
BS EN ISO 12100 Safety of machinery. General principles for design. Risk

assessment and risk reduction.
BS EN ISO 3449 Earth Moving Machinery. Falling objects protective

structures
BS EN ISO 3457 Earth Moving Machinery – Guards.
BS 4019-3, ISO 3551-1 Rotary core drilling equipment. Specification for System
A. Metric units
BS 4019-4, ISO 3551-2 Rotary core drilling equipment. Specification for System
A. Inch units
BS 4019-5, ISO 10097-1 Rotary core drilling equipment. Rotary core drilling
equipment. Specification for wireline diamond drilling
equipment. System A. Metric units
A6.0 British Standards
BS 5607 Code of Practice for the Safe Use of Explosives in the

Construction Industries
BS 5930 Code of Practice for Site Investigations
BS 7861:Part1 Specification for Rock Bolting
BS 6164 Code of practice for health and safety in tunnelling in the

construction industry
BS 8081 Code of Practice for Ground Anchorages. (Replaced by

BS EN 1537:2000 which as superseded by the 2013
version. however a draft BS 8081 was published 14/1/15
for comment)
APPENDIX B
USEFUL REFERENCE LITERATURE & ADDRESSES
B1.0 Reference literature
The following reference literature may provide some useful assistance:-
• Guidelines for the Safe Intrusive Activities on Contaminated or Potentially Land 2008.
Published by the British Drilling Association
• Guidance Notes for the Protection of Persons from Rotating Parts and Ejected or Falling
Material involved in the Drilling Process. 2000.
Published by the British Drilling Association
• Notes for Guidance on PUWER (Regulations 11&12) in relation to Guarding and

Cleaning of Augers on Piling Operations
Published by the Federation of Piling Specialists
• Code of Practice for Safe Concrete Drilling and Sawing.

Published by the Drilling and Sawing Association
• IGE/SR/26 Safety Recommendations – Horizontal Directional Drilling and Moling.

Published by the Institute of Gas Engineers.
• HSE Risk Assessment – A brief guide to controlling risks in the workplace.

INDG163(rev4)
• NASC Note SG 4 The use of fall arrest equipment whilst erecting, altering and
dismantling scaffold.
• Drilling and Production Safety Code for Onshore Operations

Published by the Institute of Petroleum
• Construction Site Safety Manual GE 700

Published by the CITB
• Code of Practice No.7 The Storage of Full and Empty LPG Gas Cylinders.
Published by the LPG Gas Association
• Site Safety Manual

Published by the Association of Geotechnical & Environmental Specialists.
• Drivers Hours and Tachograph Rules for Goods Vehicles in the UK and Europe.
Regulation CV262
Published by the Dept. of the Environment, Transport and the Regions
Appendix B – Page 1
B2.0 Useful Addresses
The following list of contacts may be useful for obtaining health and safety related
information.
Association of Geotechnical and Environmental Specialists

Forum Court, Office 205
Devonshire House Business Centre
29-31 Elmfield Road
Bromley, Kent
BR1 1LT
Tel: 02086588212
Fax: 02086630949
Email: ags@ags.org.uk
British Drilling Association Ltd

Alphab House
Alfred Street
Pinxton
Nottinghamshire
NG16 6NQ
Tel: 01773 778751
Email: office@britishdrillingassociation.co.uk
Website: www.britishdrillingassociation.co.uk
The British Standards Institute

389 Chiswick High Road
London
W4 4AL
Tel: 0845 086 9001
Email: cservices@bsigroup.com
Website: www.shop.bsigroup.com
Construction Industry Training Board

Bircham Newton
Kings Lynn
Norfolk
PE31 6RH
Tel: 01485 577577
Website: www.citb.co.uk
Construction Skills and Certification Scheme

PO Box 114
Bircham Newton
Kings Lynn
Norfolk
PE31 6XD
Tel: 0344 994 4400
Website: www.cscs.uk.com
Drilling and Sawing Association
Unit 3,
Brand Street,
Nottingham
NG2 3GW
Tel: 0844 879 3452
Email: dsa@drillandsaw.org.uk
Federation of Piling Specialists

Forum Court, Office 205
Devonshire House Business Centre
29-31 Elmfield Road
Bromley
Kent
BR1 1LT
Tel: 020 8663 0947
Fax: 020 8663 0949
Email: fps@fps.org.uk
HSE Books
PO Box 1999
Sudbury
Suffolk
CO10 2WA
Tel: 01787 881165
Fax: 01787 313995
E–mail: hsebooks@prolog.uk.com
Website: www.hsebooks.co.uk
The Institution of Gas Engineers & Managers

IGEM House
28 High Street
Kegworth
Derbyshire
DE74 2DA
Tel: 0844 375 4436
Email: general@igem.org
Energy Institute
61 New Cavendish Street
London
W1G 8AR
Tel: 020 7467 7100
Email: info@energyinst.org
UK LPG
Camden House
Warwick Road
Kenilworth
Warwickshire
CV8 1TH
Email: mail@uklpg.org
For enquiries relating to vehicles running on LPG autogas: autogas@uklpg.org
Website: www.uklpg.org
Rotary Test Drilling (Training and Accreditation) Ltd
Marshes Farm
Old Coach Road
off Wigan Road
Hart Common
Westhoughton
Bolton
Lancs.
BL5 2BT
Tel: 01942 810348
Fax: 01942 840543
Email: enquiries@rotarytestdrilling.com
TSO - The Stationery Office

Head office - Norwich
St Crispins
Duke Street
Norwich
NR3 1PD
Tel: 01603 622211
Email: solutions@tso.co.uk
Thomas Telford Services Ltd

Thomas Telford Ltd.
One Great George Street
London, SW1P 3AA
Tel: 020 7222 7722
Email info@thomastelford.com
B3.0 HSE and EMAS Office Addresses
The current list of Regional HSE and EMAS Offices can be found at: http://www.hse.gov.uk
B4.0 Useful Safety Information Web Sites
The internet is a source of valuable health and safety information. There are many sites,
provided by both commercial and non-commercial organisations, that can be accessed by
those seeking health and safety related information. The following are a few of the more
useful and general sites with information available free to users.
The Health and Safety Executive

http://www.hse.gov.uk
This site includes press releases, consultative documents, listing of all publications, statistics
and a search facility.
European Agency for Health and Safety at Work

https://osha.europa.eu/en
This site includes European legislation, statistics, research and good practice information.
Links with other EU sites providing a comprehensive selection of health and safety
information.
Europa EUR-Lex
http://eur-lex.europa.eu/homepage.html
This site gives access to European legislation, the Official Journal and information regarding
legislation under preparation as well as health and safety case law from round the EU.
The Institution of Occupational Safety and Health (IOSH)

www.iosh.co.uk/
This site provides information about courses, services and facilities that the Institution
provides.
Royal Society for the Prevention of Accidents

www.rospa.co.uk
This site provides information regarding accident prevention, services and products.
British Safety Council

www.britsafe.org
The organisation provides help to professionals to achieve high standards to protect both their
staff and the future of their business.
Her Majesty’s Stationery Office

www.legislation.gov.uk/
This site contains full texts of all UK Statutory Instruments passed since 1987. The site also
contains details of how to access other Government information as well as general
information about UK legislation and the legislative processes.
HSE Register of Prosecutions

www.hse.gov.uk/prosecutions/
This site provides information about prosecutions against organisations and individuals under
health and safety related legislation that have resulted in conviction.
Directory of Safety, Health and Environmental Organisations in the UK.

www.uksafety.net
This site contains a fairly comprehensive directory of safety, health and environmental
organisations within the UK, links to newsgroups and discussions and details of various
courses.
Firenet
www.fire.org.uk
This site contains information relating to fire safety both at work and in the domestic
environment.
National Examinations Board in Occupational Safety and Health (NEBOSH)

www.nebosh.org.uk
This site provides information regarding courses and course providers.
APPENDIX C
GLOSSARY OF TERMS AND ACRONYMS
C1.0 TERMS
For the purposes of this Health and Safety Manual, the following definitions apply.
competent person: a person with an understanding of relevant best practices in

relation to the drilling operation or task to be carried out. In
addition, having an awareness of the limitations of their own
experience and knowledge and a willingness and ability to
supplement that existing experience and knowledge from
external sources.
confined space is any enclosed area such as a closed tank, a trench, a manhole, a
heading or tunnel, a room in a structure, pipes and sewers, that
may be subject to poor ventilation or become dangerous because
of retention of toxic gases
danger zone: any zone within and / or around a drill rig in which a person is
exposed risk of injury or damage to health. For a drill rig this
means the area in which a person can make contact with the
rotating drill string, an operational movement of the drill rig or
its working devices, its auxiliary equipment or swinging or
falling equipment.
exposed person: a person wholly or partly in the danger zone.
harm: physical injury, damage to health or the environment.
hazard: a potential source of injury or damage. to health.
low torque: is that torque at which a drill string turns and which can be
stopped by physical contact by a person.
operator: a person operating the drill rig whilst drilling. He may also be
the driver of a mobile rig.
practicable: this could be defined as ‘capable of being carried out’ within the
current state of knowledge, at whatever expense, taking note of
published information, Guidance Notes or Codes of Practice
risk: a combination of the probability and degree of possible injury,

damage to health or the environment in a hazardous situation.
risk assessment: a comprehensive estimation of the probability and degree of the

possible injury, damage to health or damage to the environment
in a hazardous situation in order to select appropriate control
measures.
transient construction site: is where short duration construction work is carried out by
people working at one or many locations (typically covers work
of up to one week duration).
Appendix C – Page 1
transient workers: any person employed on a transient construction site.
trip device: a device which causes a machine or machine elements to stop (or
ensure an otherwise safe condition) when a person or part of
his/her body goes beyond a safe limit.
working area: an area around a drill rig and ancillary equipment in which its
drilling equipment and tools are moved in order to carry out the
drilling process.
C2.0 ACRONYMS
ACoP Approved Code of Practice
AGS Association of Geotechnical and Environmental Specialists
API American Petroleum Institute
BDA British Drilling Association
BSI British Standards Institution
CAT Cable Avoidance Tool
CDM Construction (Design and Management) Regulations
CEN European Committee for Standardisation
CFA Continuous Flight Auger
CHSWR Construction (Health, Safety and Welfare) Regulations
CITB Construction Industry Training Board
COSHH Control of Substances Hazardous to Health
CSCS Construction Skills and Certification Scheme
DTH Down the Hole Hammer Drilling
EU European Union
ECLI The Employer’s Liability (Compulsory Insurance) Act
EMAS The Employment Medical Advisory Service
EPA Environmental Protection Act
FAL First Action Level
FPS Federation of Piling Specialists
FOPS Falling Object Protective Structures
GPR Ground Probing Radar
HASWA Health and Safety at Work Act etc.
HAVS Hand-Arm Vibration Syndrome
HDD Horizontal Directional Drilling
HSE Health and Safety Executive
ICC Intermediate Construction Certificate
IGE Institution of Gas Engineers
IOSH The Institution of Occupational Safety and Health
ISO International Standards Organisation
LOLER Lifting Operations and Lifting Equipment Regulations
LPG Liquid Petroleum Gas
MEL Maximum Exposure Limit
MHSWR Management of Health and Safety at Work Regulations
NASC National Association of Scaffolding Contractors
NEBOSH National Examination Board in Occupational Safety and Health
NRSWA New Roads and Streetworks Act
NVQ National Vocational Qualification
NAWR Noise at Work Regulations
OD Outside Diameter
OEL Occupational Exposure Limit
OES Occupational Exposure Standard
PPE Personal Protection Equipment
PUWER Provision and Use of Work Equipment Regulations
RIDDOR Reporting of Injuries, Diseases and Dangerous Occurrence Regulations
ROPS Roll Over Protective Structures
RPE Respiratory Protective Equipment
RYA Royal Yacht Association
SAL Second Action Level
SPT Standard Penetration Test
SVQ Scottish Vocational Qualification
SWP Safe Working Pressure
VWF Vibration White Finger
WBV Whole Body Vibration
APPENDIX D
D1.0 Land Drilling - Level 2

Observation Checklist
UNIT CR 01 – SET UP PROTECTION AND SAFETY EQUIPMENT FOR THE WORKING

AREAS
Does the candidate perform the following activities to a high enough standard to meet the requirements
of this award and company requirements?
Ref. Activity Comment Evidence Initial

Ref. and
Date
1.1 Set up protection and
safety equipment for the
work requirement?
(performance criteria 1.1 – 1.7)
1.2 Maintain the integrity of

the protection and safety
equipment as instructed
and appropriate to the
progress of the work
activity?
(performance criteria 1.1 - 1.7)
1.3 Work safely?

(performance criteria 1.1 - 1.7)
2.1 Remove equipment

appropriate to the situation
and working environment?
2.2 Report any damaged or

defective equipment?
2.3 Store equipment for re-

use?
Appendix D – Page 1
D2.0 Land Drilling - Level 2
Knowledge Questionnaire
UNIT CR 01 - SET UP PROTECTION AND SAFETY EQUIPMENT FOR THE WORKING

AREA
No. Question Response OK

Y/N
1 What is done to protect site

personnel during a drilling
operation?
2 How do you make sure that such

safety equipment is always working
correctly?
3 Are there any extra precautions

when working on a highway?
4 Name four situations which require

special or extra safety procedures
5 What procedures have to be

followed when removing and
storing equipment?
6 State three things you should do on
site to ensure your own safety
7 What might happen if safety

precautions are not taken?
(candidate should identify at least
six)
8 When do you have to take special

precautions for the safety of the
public?
9 Prior to working under overhead

cables, what information must you
have, and what must be used in
conjunction with this information?
Appendix D – Page 2
APPENDIX E
ERECTING and LOWERING CABLE PERCUSSION RIGS by the
SAMPSON POST METHOD
The following is the suggested safe procedure to be employed when erecting Pilcon and
Dando Cable Percussion Rigs when fitted with the Samson Post supplied by the manufacturer
with the rig. The procedure is extracted from the BDA Publication, Guidance for the Safe
Operation of Cable Percussion Rigs and their Equipment.
• NOTE:- Cable Percussion Rigs supplied new can have the option of being fitted with
an electric auxiliary winch specifically designed to aid raising and lowering the tripod
frame in a safe and controlled manner with out the need to climb the mast. Such
electric winches can also be retro-fitted to older rigs. The BDA recommends the
fitting and use of such devices.
E1.0 Rig Assembly on Site
1.1 In selecting a suitable position for the rig, it is essential to allow sufficient room to
swing the mast legs around.
1.2 Locate drill rig on as firm and level working surface as possible and erect the rig in
accordance with the manufacturer’s procedure appropriate to the rig type. Where
appropriate place secure timber baulks under each leg and under the engine (three
timbers including one under the pivot point). Attempt to get the base of each leg
level by digging out or placing extra timbers if necessary. Members of the public
and others should be kept at least 10 metres away from the rig whilst being erected
or taken down where practicable.
1.3 If possible, position the engine down wind of the borehole so that drill crew is not
subject to exhaust fumes.
E2.0 Erecting Cable Percussion Rig
2.1 Apply handbrake. Use chocks against wheels if necessary. Unhitch from towing
vehicle.
2.2 Remove mud guards or leave guards in place if they are fitted with leg guidance
brackets to prevent legs slipping inwards.
2.3 Release leg stirrup locking bolts and chassis locking plates.
2.4 Where required place timbers under leg pivot positions, and rig frame at the front
and rear of the rig. Ensure that they are level and in line with each other, both from
side to side and back to front.
2.5 Run the winch cable over the crown wheel and back through the “A” frame above
the first cross member and then attach to the Samson Post by means of a shackle.
Under no circumstances should the wire be passed between any other cross member
unless the correct rollers are fitted to the “A” frame.
2.6 Ensure that all is clear and safe to start the rig engine. Start the rig engine.
Appendix E – Page 1
2.7 Place an adequate counterbalance to the rear of the rig. This can be achieved by
placing casing or drilling tools securely on the L shaped counterweight brackets,
until there is enough weight to ensure that the rear does not move.
UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHOULD A HUMAN

COUNTERBALANCE BE USED.
2.8 Place the front legs on top of the road wheels, or on mud guards if they are fitted
with L or U shaped leg guidance brackets, to prevent the legs slipping inwards.
2.9 The Lead Driller shall direct and ensure that all personnel stand well clear of
the rig and outside the danger zone whilst raising the “A” frame.
2.10 Release the winch brake and ensure that the wire rope is located on the small side of
the drum.
2.11 Check to ensure that there are no loose items that could fall off the rig whilst it is
being erected.
2.12 Confirm that there are no overhead obstructions or hazards (e.g. overhead power
lines) before raising rig.
2.13 Set engine throttle to give the correct winch speed, then gently winch until the rig
base rests on all the timbers. At this point stop winching.
2.14 Check that the timbers are still level and central.
2.15 Once the checks are complete, winch the rig gently ensuring that the lead driller’s
foot is over the brake pedal at all times, until the crown wheel is raised up
approximately 25° (1 metre vertical). Apply winch brake.
2.16 Reduce the engine revolutions. The legs should now be walked round to the front by
the Drilling Assistant (the lead driller must remain at the controls) and the spreader
bar and side straps attached with the correct approved bolts. This task is carried out
from the floor of the Dando rig, or by standing on the A frame of the Pilcon rig. The
front legs should be as close to the floor as possible at all times during this part of
the operation. Only correctly designed side straps and spreader bars supplied by the
manufacturer of the rig should be used. Whenever possible, the Lead Driller should
remain at the controls throughout.
2.17 If the Lead Driller has to assist the driller with the side straps etc., the engine must
be switched off and the brake applied before he leaves the controls.
2.18 Timbers should be placed under the feet of the front legs before gently lowering to
ground.
2.19 Remove the shackle from the Sampson Post and re-thread the rope through the “A”
Frame. A safe method for carrying this out is to attach a suitable weight e.g. a rod
swivel to the shackle then, when using the clutch, operate controls to pull the rope
up the side of the rig. When it reaches the top this should allow the rope to fall free
in the operating mode. This will avoid working at height for this activity.
2.20 The rig is now ready to operate as soon as pre-start checks are carried out.
E3.0 Lowering Cable Percussion Rig
3.1 Check the position of the timbers, ensuring that the front timber is right up at the
front of the engine chassis.
3.2 Thread the wire rope through the “A” frame above the first cross member, then
attach to the Samson Post with a shackle.
3.3 Place and secure sufficient balance weight on the L shaped counterbalance weight
brackets.
UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHOULD A HUMAN

COUNTERBALANCE BE USED.
3.4 Ensure there is nothing underneath where the rig will be lowered.
3.5 ON DANDO RIG: Gently apply tension to the wire rope to allow the removal of the
cross bar and side stays. Apply and lock the brake then switch off the engine.
Remove cross bar and side stays. Ensure that the rope strands have not overlapped
on top of each other such that they could suddenly fall off each other allowing the
rig mast to drop, thus jarring the rig possibly causing the Lead Driller to lose control
of the lowering operation. This could result in the mast falling in an uncontrolled
manner.
ON PILCON RIG: Gently apply tension to the wire rope to allow the removal of the
cross bar and side stays. Apply and lock brake then switch off the engine. Remove
cross bar and side stays and gently lower and secure with a fastener through the
“rest” bracket. Ensure that the rope strands haven’t overlapped on top of each other
such that they could suddenly fall off each other allowing the rig mast to drop, thus
jarring the rig possibly causing the Lead Driller to lose control of the lowering
operation. This could result in the mast falling in an uncontrolled manner.
3.6 The legs should now be walked round by the Driller and rested on the road wheels,
or on top of the mudguards fitted with guidance brackets without walking under the
suspended mast.
3.7 The Lead Driller shall direct and ensure that all personnel stand well clear of the rig
and outside the danger zone. Gently lower the rig using both the clutch and brake in
a slow, steady manner until the “A” frame meets the rig base. Ensure that the hand
brake is on, then position the rig legs in the stirrups. Refit the stirrup and chassis
locking bolts. Remove the counterbalance weights from the rig.
3.8 The rig is ready to move to the next location.
E4.0 For Older and Lower Capacity Rigs
The following is an alternative procedure which can be employed when erecting older and
lower capacity cable percussion rigs. This method involves increased working at height
compared to E2.0 above and therefore additional risk.
4.1 Erecting the Cable Percussion Rig
4.1.1 Follow items 2.1 to 2.4 inclusive from Section E2.0
4.1.2 Attach the winch cable shackle to the D link connection below the sheave wheel.
Thread the cable through the ‘A’ frame above the first cross member. Make a loop in
the cable sufficient to connect to a snatch block of a minimum 2 tonne capacity
attached to the Samson post.
4.1.4 When rig is fixed in position release tension on rope. Release the rope from the
snatch block. Remove snatch block from the Samson post. The rig must now be
climbed and the shackle removed from the D link connection and lowered to the
ground. The rope should now be re-laid on drum.
4.2 Lowering the Cable Percussion Rig
4.2.1 Attach the winch cable shackle to the D link connection below the sheave wheel.
Thread the cable through the ‘A’ frame above the first cross member. Make a loop in
the cable sufficient to connect to a snatch block of a minimum 2 tonne capacity
attached to the Samson post.
NOTE:- New retro-fit methods of raising and lowering the mast safely are now becoming
available from rig manufacturers and should be given careful consideration. They
are:-
• By a small hand operated winch using a Poly winch strap.

• By an electric winch.
Safety Harnesses.
The HSE has considered that climbing the rig should be a last resort. Frequent climbing to
carry out maintenance work should be avoided through appropriate maintenance procedures.
The fitting of auxiliary equipment such as pulley blocks should be carefully considered before
the rig is erected so as to avoid climbing. Where it is necessary that climbing the rig has to
take place to carry out maintenance work a safety harness should be secured at the position
the work is to be carried out to prevent a fall. A shock absorbing safety line is unlikely to be
suitable due to potential fall distances. It is not considered necessary to attach the harness to
the frame while climbing the mast due to lack of suitable anchor points.
Refer to Section 5 Working at Height.
APPENDIX F
Table 1.
EXISTING LEGISLATION RELATING TO OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH IN CONSTRUCTION
LEGISLATION SECTION OR LEGAL DUTY LEGAL STATUS PRINCIPAL

REGULATION SUPPORTING
GUIDANCE
Control of Regulation 11 Where it is appropriate for the Regulation with HSG 150
Substances protection of the health of his ACOP – L5 HSG 61
Hazardous to employees who are, or are liable to G401
Health be, exposed to a substance G402
hazardous to health, the employer G403
shall ensure that such employees G404
are under suitable health CIS No 26
surveillance. WL22
Management of Regulation 6 Every employer shall ensure that Regulation however HSG 150
Health and Safety his employees are provided with ACOP – L21 was
at Work such health surveillance as is withdrawn with
Regulations appropriate having regard to the alternative guidance
risks to their health and safety given. Refer to HSE
which are identified by the web site.
assessment.
Control of Lead at Regulation 10 Every employer shall ensure that Regulation with INDG 305
Work Regulations each of his employees who is or is ACOP – L132
liable to be exposed to lead is
under suitable medical
surveillance.
Control of Regulation 22 This regulation requires employers Regulation with HSG 210 – This
Asbestos at Work to arrange appropriate medical ACOP – L143 references other
Regulations examinations for any employee guidance
who carry out licensable work or documents.
non-notifiable licensed work. It
also sets out what health records
employers must keep and for how
long.
Ionising Radiation Regulation 24 Regulation requiring medical Regulation with Ionising Radiation
Regulations surveillance. Medical surveillance ACOP – L121 Protection Series
is required for those operatives information sheet
who are engaged in work with No. 3
ionising radiation subject to
conditions imposed by an
appointed doctor or employment
medical adviser.
Work in Regulation 10 Every employer shall ensure that Regulation ACoP L 96 withdrawn.
Compressed Air each of his employees who works withdrawn Guidance may be
Regulations in compressed air is under adequate found at the British
medical surveillance by an Tunnelling Society
appointed doctor. web site.
Appendix F – Page 1
APPENDIX F
Table 2
SOIL CONDITIONERS’ HAZARDS
MATERIAL TYPICAL USE POSSIBLE HAZARDS

Bentonite - Sodium, Potassium, Calcium As a flushing medium in the Respirable dust in dry state.
Montmorillonite drilling operation. As a Slippery when wet.
ground support and lubricating
medium around jacked pipes
and casings.
Used in grouting operations
Polymers - Polyacrylamides Additives to bentonite to Generally predicted to be of low
Polyacrylates modify viscocity. health hazard.
Carboxymethyl Lubricant Refer to Safety Data Sheets for
Cellulose specific hazards and controls.
Natural starch
Foams and Foaming Agents For modifying soils to
Synthetic Foams containing:- improve handling Toxic
Synthetic detergents characteristics. Irritant
Glycol ether foam booster Refer to Safety Data Sheets
Fluorocarbon (performance enhancer) For specific hazards and
Protein Foams containing :- controls.
Protein foaming agent
Glycol based foam booster
Other Materials
Glycol Products – Hexylene Glycol Solvents used with foam Toxic, irritant
Ethylene glycol Refer to Safety Data Sheet
For specific hazards and controls
Irritant
Soda ash Increase pH for use in acidic Refer to Safety Data Sheet
conditions for specific hazards and controls
Irritant
Refer to Safety Data Sheet
Lime and Cement Possible modifier to improve for specific hazards and controls
characteristics at disposal Refer to Safety Data Sheet for
stage specific hazards and controls
Lignosulphonates and Complex Phosphates Dispersants, thinners in

Bentonite slurries.
Appendix F – Page 2
APPENDIX G
LIFE-SAVING, FIRE & FIRST AID REQUIREMENTS

This makes clear the type and quantity of emergency equipment to be carried on board jack-
up rigs and barges whilst operating in the UK or abroad.
Taking the current legislation and experience into account, the following tables lists the
emergency equipment that must be on board prior to the jack-up or barge leaving the sea wall.
Contract specific risks may require additional equipment to be carried e.g. type of work, local
sea/tidal conditions etc. It is generally the responsibility of the Contract Manager to ensure
that all risks have been considered and where necessary additional equipment made available.
Note. These lists do not include Deep Diver.
* Workboat Code # Additional Requirement

Requirement
Life Saving Equipment Qty Comments
* Life Raft & Launching 1 "SOLAS A or B Packs". Must be able to accommodate at least the
Instructions number on board. Secured by hydrostatic release unit and Senhouse
slip hook
*# Lifebuoy & Light 2
*# Lifebuoy & Buoyant 2 Buoyant lines must be at least 18 metres in length. Consideration must
Line be given to the maximum height of jack-up above water
* Lifejacket 100% One for each person on board if inflatable type. Additional 10% or 2
whichever is the greater is required. Lights required on all lifejackets.
* Parachute Flares 4 Stored in an easily accessible watertight pyrotechnic container.
* Red Hand Flares 6 Stored in an easily accessible watertight pyrotechnic container.
* Smoke Signals 2 Buoyant or hand held. Stored in an easily accessible watertight
pyrotechnic container
* Thermal Protective Aids 100% One for each person on board.
* Means to recover 1 Crew boat/RIB. Rope/fixed access ladder
persons from water
*# VHF Radio 2 1 fixed and 1 portable (portable sets are to be protected from the weather
and water).
* Life-Saving Signals Table 1 or 2 2 x SOLAS No 2 or 1 x SOLAS No 1
* Training Manual 1 Company Safety Manual & Personal Survival at Sea Booklet (MCA)
* Maintenance Instructions 1 Must include instructions for the maintenance of life-saving equipment
# Transit/Anti exposure suits 100% One for each person on board. Mandatory for sea temperatures below
10 Celsius. For sea temperatures above 10 Celsius consideration must
be given to the outside air temperature, wind speed, sea state, time of
day and the distance of the jack-up from shore.
# Speedline 1 Normally contains 250 metres of line
# Search Light 1 Hand held rechargeable, 12v or battery type
Fire Appliances Qty Comments

* Manual Fire Pump 1 Hydraulic Submersible Pump >15 metres
* Fire Hose 1 Capable of delivering one jet of water to any part of the rig >15 metres
* Spray / Jet Nozzle 1 10mm > 15 metres
*# Multi Purpose 4 Normally 3 x 9 ltr. AFF; 1 x CO2 (located on power pack); 1 x AFF 2 ltr
Extinguishers (located in RIB/Crew Boat)
* Fire Buckets 2 Metal or plastic complete with lanyard
* Fire Blanket 1 Rest room/galley
Appendix G – Page 1
First Aid Equipment Qty Comments
* First Aid Kit 1 UK - CAT "C" Boxed Medical Kit. (For vessels operating close to shore
and less than 30 miles from port). Abroad - depending on location
includes traveller's kit.
* First Aid Manual 1 St. John's Red Cross or St. Andrews.
For use by First Aiders & Appointed Person.
# Eye Wash Bottles 4 4 x 500ml Bottles and Stowage Case
# Stretcher 1 Rescue - basket type (must include retaining straps).
All equipment must be in date, fit for purpose and correctly positioned.
Appendix G – Page 2
APPENDIX H
SITE NOTICES
The following notices should be displayed on drilling site in a prominent position where
practical. Ideally notices should be displayed in the site welfare and/or site office. On transient
sites where there are no offices the notices should be held by the lead driller or where present
the site engineer and brought to the attention of operatives on site. Where a mobile welfare
facility is provided the notices should be displayed in the canteen/seating area.
• Health and Safety Law Poster (or provide each worker with a copy of the equivalent
pocket card which is free to download from HSE’s web site).
• Employers Liability Insurance Certificate.
• F10 Form when notification is required under the CDM Regulations.
There are many other signs and notices which may be displayed in accordance with other
regulations which may be relevant to the site works. There are other notices that are
recommended to give additional information to site personnel. The Regulations relevant to the
work on site must be complied with and the relevant notices displayed. Good site management
practice dictates that signs and notices should be relevant to the site specific circumstances.
The following is a list of the notices that should be considered for display depending on the site
conditions.
• Warning notices or signs stating restrictions applicable to unauthorised persons on site,

naked lights, smoking and other specific hazards and the wearing of appropriate PPE.
• At the entrance to the site there should be a notice stating the Contractor’s name and
indicating to who and where contact should be made by the general public in case of an
emergency.
• Notices indicating where fire-fighting equipment and first aid equipment is kept.
• Emergency procedures with contact names and telephone numbers of persons to be

contacted in the event of a safety or environmental incident.
• Notices concerning electrical safety such as electrical inspection of the site offices and
PAT inspection dates.
• Names of First Aiders and route to nearest or easiest accessed A&E Hospital or medical
centre.
• The lead driller or site engineer in charge of the site should possess a list of the names and
contact telephone numbers of contractor’s and client’s representatives who require to be
informed of an emergency situation.
Other notices would depend on the site risk assessments e.g. Coal Authority Permit and
precautions to be taken when drilling through, or into, strata likely to contain coal measures or
flammable or toxic gases.
Appendix H – Page 1
Appendix H – Page 2
APPENDIX I
PLANNED MAINTENANCE CHARTS
Typical Planned Maintenance Charts
DRILL UNIT TIME PERIOD

MAINTENANCE ITEM DAILY WEEKLY MONTHLY
Check lubricant level in engine, transmissions & gearboxes * * *
Check hydraulic tank fluid level * * *
Check coolant level in cooling system * * *
Check fuel level in fuel tank * * *
Check electrolyte level in batteries * * *
Check for external lubricant, hydraulic fluid, coolant or air leaks * * *
Inspect radiator & oil cooler cores for restriction or damage * * *
Service air cleaners * * *
Check and clean air breathers * * *
Visually inspect rig for signs of damage * * *
Ensure all nuts and bolts are tight * * *
Grease all grease points * * *
Oil all hinge points, axis pins, linkages & actuating mechanisms & drives * * *
Check for correct operation of all controls * * *
Check all filter condition indicators * * *
Check all gauges & indicators for correct operation * * *
Check for excessive mechanical noise or vibration * * *
Ensure belt & chain drives are free from contamination by dirt etc. * * *
Check for drilling fluid loss at air/water swivel * * *
Change fuel filters * *

Drain off fuel system water trap * *
Check operation of protective devices * * *
Check chain & belt drive tensions & condition * *
Check for correct engagement of all transmission gears * *
Check operation of transmission clutch * *
Check release bearing clearance * *
Check adjustment of top drive head pull down system * *
Check drill head and 'saver' sub alignment * *
Check hoist drive engagement for correct operation * *
Check operation of hoist brakes and clutches * *
Check brake band tension and condition * *
Check all piston rods for corrosion or damage * *
Check all sheave wheels for wear or damage * *
Listen for excessive or peculiar hydraulic pump/motor noise or vibration * *
Check calibration of feed pressure gauge * *
Examine condition of all hydraulic pipes & hoses * *
Check hydraulic system magnetic plugs for metallic particles * *
Appendix I – Page 1
DRILL UNIT TIME PERIOD
Change lubricating oil filters *
Check shaft & flexible coupling alignment *
Check alignment & security of all pulleys & sprockets *
Check all axis pins, pivot pins & link works for wear *
Check roller chains for wear & stretch *
Check pull down cables for wear & stretch *
Check drill head travel (top drive) *
Check top drive head trunctions & running gear for wear *
Check chuck jaws for wear *
Check security of chuck mounting *
Remove hoist cable & check drum & cable for damage *
Check security of cable anchor *
Check all bearings for any undue wear or maladjustment *
Check straightness & condition of mast or feed beam structural members *
Inspect all welds for cracks or corrosion *
Check mast / feed beam raising & alignment *
Examine all radiator cores for damage *
Check & clean hydraulic system suction strainer elements *
Check hydraulic system relief valves settings *
Sample hydraulic fluid & check for contamination *
AIR COMPRESSOR TIME PERIOD

Drain condensate from receiver * * *
Drain condensate from fuel/water separator * * *
Check fuel level in tank * * *
Check engine oil level * * *
Check oil level in receiver * * *
Check radiator coolant level * * *
Check air filter service indicator * * *
Visually check for leaks & damage * * *
Check compressor oil filter indicator * * *
Inspect silencing foam (if applicable) * *
Check condition of roof catches & hinges * *
Check operation of speed control & unloading system * *
Check tyre pressures * *
Check operation of safety valve * *
Check fan belt * *
Check battery * *
Change compressor oil & filter *
Clean and inspect radiator/oil cooler *
Test protection circuits *
Examine tyres and brakes *
Lubricate enclosure door hinges & catches *
FLUSHING PUMP TIME PERIOD
Check crankcase oil level * * *
Grease all grease points * * *
Fill oil lubricator reservoirs (if fitted) * * *
Lubricate drive chain (if fitted) * * *
Check for external oil leaks * * *
Check for external flushing fluid leaks * * *
Check tightness of all nuts & bolts * *
Visually check piston rods and plungers for scoring or pitting * *
Check tension of valve springs * *
Check impeller for erosion or damaged vanes *
Check condition of valves & seats *
Check piston seals for damage *
Check for external damage to casings *
Check input r.p.m. *
Check bearings for wear *
APPENDIX J
PROTECTION OF PERSONS FROM ROTATING PARTS
Appendix J – Page 1
APPENDIX K
WIRE ROPE GRIP FITTING DATA
Extract from BS EN 16228

Annex E
B2 Wire rope grips for cable tool/free fall application. Instructions for selecting and
fitting of wire rope grips.
The following instructions are applicable to drilling ropes utilising wire rope grips.
Other design of grip may be used providing they have been satisfactorily tested by the grip
manufacturer, and sustain minimum of 80% of the minimum breaking load of the rope.
Installation of the grips shall be in accordance with the grip manufacturer’s instructions.
B.2.1 Installation
The distance between the grips “E”, shall be at least 1.5 times, and not more than 3.0 the
thickness of the bridge, “H”, (see figures B.1 and B.2).
Figure B.1: Installation and spacing of grips
When using a thimble in the eye, the first wire rope grip shall be placed immediately against
the thimble. The bridge should always be placed on the load bearing part of the rope.
B.2.2 Number of grips
The recommended number of grips to be used is given in table B.1
B.2.2.3 Tightening torque
When making the assembly, and before bringing into service, the collar nuts shall be
tightened to the torque given in table B.1.
The recommended tightening torques are for grips with the bearing surfaces and threads of
the nuts greased.
After the load has been applied for a few times, the torque shall be checked again, and if
necessary, corrected.
Appendix K – Page 1
H (thickness of
bridge)
A
Figure B.2 Thickness and tightening thread diameter
Table B.1 Number and torque of wire rope grips
Nominal size of grip to suit wire Number of grips Tightening thread diameter Tightening torque
rope diameter (1) "A"
mm Nm
14 4 M12 33
16 4 M14 49
19 4 M14 68
22 5 M16 107
26 5 M20 147
30 6 M20 212
34 6 M22 296
40 6 M24 263
(1) For intermediate sizes of wire rope, use next larger grip size
Appendix K – Page 2

BDA Heath and Safety Manual For Land Drilling

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

BDA Heath and Safety Manual For Land Drilling

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

HEALTH & SAFETY

Tel: 01773 778 751 Fax: 01773 782 724

© Copyright BDA January 2015

David Allan Raeburn Drilling & Geotechnical Ltd, Committee Chairman

Section 3 Safety Requirements ……… Personnel and the Public

Section 4 Training & National Vocational Qualification in Land

Section 5 Safety Requirements ……… Drilling Operations on Sites

5.0 General Site Considerations

5.1.1 Landfill and Contaminated Land 9

5.2 Safety Requirements - Overhead and Underground Services

5.2.1 Electric cables - Overhead Lines 23

Section 6 Health and Environmental Safety Aspects

Section 7 Safety Requirements……… Drill Type Specific

Section 8 Safety Requirements ……… Rig Starting, Running and

Section 10 Site Abandonment & Reinstatement

Section 11 Drill Rig and Auxiliary Plant Maintenance

Section 12 Maintenance – Workshop and Site

Section 13 Welfare, Hygiene & Accidents

Section 16 Manual Handling and Lifting Operations

A Acts, Regulations, Approved Codes of Practice and Standards

A1.0 European Directives

B Useful Literature and Addresses

B1.0 Reference Literature

C Glossary of Terms & Anachronisms

C1.0 Glossary of Terms

D NVQ Observation / Knowledge Examples

D1.0 NVQ Observation Check List

E Erecting and Lowering Cable Percussion Rigs

F Tables relating to Health and Safety

Table 1 Existing legislation relating to occupational health in construction

G Over Water Drilling Information

Life-Saving, fire and first aid requirements

I Planned Maintenance Charts

J Protection of Persons from Rotating Parts Flow Chart

K Wire Rope Grip Fitting Data

• Safe working practices in the drilling industry

• Compliance with health and safety legislation

• Compliance with the recommendations of National, European and International Standards

• The provision of drilling operatives' qualifications (NVQ in Land Drilling / CSCS)

• Proof of continuing competence (BDA Annual Audit)

1.1 Site Personnel - BDA Safety, Skills and Competence Policy

CSCS (Construction Skills Certification Scheme), National Vocational Qualifications

Jan 2015 Section 1 – Page 1

• Carry out on-going suitable and sufficient Risk Assessments

• Set up and maintain a training programme for all personnel

• To create a “Safe Workplace”

• To encourage each employee to be a “Safe Person”

• To employ “Safe Systems of Work”

1.2.1 Safe Workplace

1.2.2 Safe Person

Jan 2015 Section 1 – Page 2

Jan 2015 Section 1 – Page 3

Jan 2015 Section 1 – Page 4

Brief descriptions of Primary Legislation (Acts) and Secondary Legislation (Regulations)

2.1.1 Health and Safety at Work etc Act 1974

2.1.3 Control of Pollution Act (COPA)

• Restricts the use of a specific piece of contractors' plant or equipment

The Act also makes it an offence to cause or knowingly permit pollution.

2.1.4 Environmental Protection Act (EPA)

2.1.5 Environment Act

• The Contaminated Land (England) Regulations

2.1.6 Waste Disposal Act

Jan 2015 Section 2 – Page 2